Avatar creation user interface

ABSTRACT

The present disclosure generally relates to creating and editing avatars, and navigating avatar selection interfaces. In some examples, an avatar feature user interface includes a plurality of feature options that can be customized to create an avatar. In some examples, different types of avatars can be managed for use in different applications. In some examples, an interface is provided for navigating types of avatars for an application.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.16/519,850, filed Jul. 23, 2019, and entitled “Avatar Creation UserInterface,” which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No.16/142,288, filed Sep. 26, 2018, and entitled “Avatar Creation UserInterface,” which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.62/668,200, filed May 7, 2018, and entitled “Avatar Creation UserInterface,” and the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.62/679,950, filed Jun. 3, 2018, and entitled “Avatar Creation UserInterface,” the contents of which are hereby incorporated by referencein their entirety.

FIELD

The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces,and more specifically to techniques for creating and editing avatars.

BACKGROUND

Avatars are used to represent the users of electronic devices. Theavatars can represent the appearance of a user or can represent anidealized or completely fictional representation of the user. Avatarscan then be associated with a user so that the appearance of the avatarto others triggers an association or link with the user. Avatars can becreated and edited for such use, including use in multimediacommunications.

BRIEF SUMMARY

Some techniques for creating and editing avatars using electronicdevices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example,some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming userinterface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes.Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user timeand device energy. This latter consideration is particularly importantin battery-operated devices.

Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices withfaster, more efficient methods and interfaces for creating and editingavatars. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replaceother methods for creating avatars. Such methods and interfaces reducethe cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficienthuman-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, suchmethods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time betweenbattery charges.

A method is described. The method is performed at an electronic devicehaving a display apparatus and one or more input devices. The methodcomprises: displaying, via the display apparatus, an avatar navigationuser interface, the avatar navigation user interface including anavatar; while the avatar navigation user interface is displayed,detecting a gesture, via the one or more input devices directed to theavatar navigation user interface; and in response to detecting thegesture: in accordance with a determination that the gesture is in afirst direction, displaying an avatar of a first type in the avatarnavigation user interface; and in accordance with a determination thatthe gesture is in a second direction opposite the first direction,displaying an avatar of a second type different from the first type inthe avatar navigation user interface.

A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or moreprograms configured to be executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device with a display apparatus and one or more inputdevices. The one or more programs including instructions for:displaying, via the display apparatus, an avatar navigation userinterface, the avatar navigation user interface including an avatar;while the avatar navigation user interface is displayed, detecting agesture, via the one or more input devices directed to the avatarnavigation user interface; and in response to detecting the gesture: inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is in a firstdirection, displaying an avatar of a first type in the avatar navigationuser interface; and in accordance with a determination that the gestureis in a second direction opposite the first direction, displaying anavatar of a second type different from the first type in the avatarnavigation user interface.

A transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thetransitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programsconfigured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronicdevice with a display apparatus and one or more input devices. The oneor more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the displayapparatus, an avatar navigation user interface, the avatar navigationuser interface including an avatar; while the avatar navigation userinterface is displayed, detecting a gesture, via the one or more inputdevices directed to the avatar navigation user interface; and inresponse to detecting the gesture: in accordance with a determinationthat the gesture is in a first direction, displaying an avatar of afirst type in the avatar navigation user interface; and in accordancewith a determination that the gesture is in a second direction oppositethe first direction, displaying an avatar of a second type differentfrom the first type in the avatar navigation user interface.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more input devices; one or more processors;and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by theone or more processors, the one or more programs including instructionsfor: displaying, via the display apparatus, an avatar navigation userinterface, the avatar navigation user interface including an avatar;while the avatar navigation user interface is displayed, detecting agesture, via the one or more input devices directed to the avatarnavigation user interface; and in response to detecting the gesture: inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is in a firstdirection, displaying an avatar of a first type in the avatar navigationuser interface; and in accordance with a determination that the gestureis in a second direction opposite the first direction, displaying anavatar of a second type different from the first type in the avatarnavigation user interface.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more input devices; means for displaying, viathe display apparatus, an avatar navigation user interface, the avatarnavigation user interface including an avatar; means, while the avatarnavigation user interface is displayed, for detecting a gesture, via theone or more input devices directed to the avatar navigation userinterface; and means, responsive to detecting the gesture, for: inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is in a firstdirection, displaying an avatar of a first type in the avatar navigationuser interface; and in accordance with a determination that the gestureis in a second direction opposite the first direction, displaying anavatar of a second type different from the first type in the avatarnavigation user interface.

A method is described. The method is performed at an electronic devicehaving a display apparatus. The method comprises: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, an avatar editing user interface that includesconcurrently displaying: an avatar having a plurality of avatarfeatures; a first option selection region for a respective avatarfeature including a first set of feature options corresponding to a setof candidate values for a first characteristic of the respective avatarfeature; and a second option selection region for the respective avatarfeature including a second set of feature options corresponding to a setof candidate values for a second characteristic of the respective avatarfeature, wherein the second characteristic of the respective avatarfeature is different from the first characteristic of the respectiveavatar feature; and in response to detecting a selection of one of thefeature options in the first set of feature options, changing anappearance of at least one of the second set of feature options from afirst appearance to a second appearance.

A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or moreprograms configured to be executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device with a display apparatus, the one or more programsincluding instructions for: displaying, via the display apparatus, anavatar editing user interface that includes concurrently displaying: anavatar having a plurality of avatar features; a first option selectionregion for a respective avatar feature including a first set of featureoptions corresponding to a set of candidate values for a firstcharacteristic of the respective avatar feature; and a second optionselection region for the respective avatar feature including a secondset of feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values for asecond characteristic of the respective avatar feature, wherein thesecond characteristic of the respective avatar feature is different fromthe first characteristic of the respective avatar feature; and inresponse to detecting a selection of one of the feature options in thefirst set of feature options, changing an appearance of at least one ofthe second set of feature options from a first appearance to a secondappearance.

A transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thetransitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programsconfigured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronicdevice with a display apparatus, the one or more programs includinginstructions for: displaying, via the display apparatus, an avatarediting user interface that includes concurrently displaying: an avatarhaving a plurality of avatar features; a first option selection regionfor a respective avatar feature including a first set of feature optionscorresponding to a set of candidate values for a first characteristic ofthe respective avatar feature; and a second option selection region forthe respective avatar feature including a second set of feature optionscorresponding to a set of candidate values for a second characteristicof the respective avatar feature, wherein the second characteristic ofthe respective avatar feature is different from the first characteristicof the respective avatar feature; and in response to detecting aselection of one of the feature options in the first set of featureoptions, changing an appearance of at least one of the second set offeature options from a first appearance to a second appearance.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more processors; and memory storing one ormore programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, an avatar editing user interface that includesconcurrently displaying: an avatar having a plurality of avatarfeatures; a first option selection region for a respective avatarfeature including a first set of feature options corresponding to a setof candidate values for a first characteristic of the respective avatarfeature; and a second option selection region for the respective avatarfeature including a second set of feature options corresponding to a setof candidate values for a second characteristic of the respective avatarfeature, wherein the second characteristic of the respective avatarfeature is different from the first characteristic of the respectiveavatar feature; and in response to detecting a selection of one of thefeature options in the first set of feature options, changing anappearance of at least one of the second set of feature options from afirst appearance to a second appearance.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; means for displaying, via the display apparatus, anavatar editing user interface that includes concurrently displaying: anavatar having a plurality of avatar features; a first option selectionregion for a respective avatar feature including a first set of featureoptions corresponding to a set of candidate values for a firstcharacteristic of the respective avatar feature; and a second optionselection region for the respective avatar feature including a secondset of feature options corresponding to a set of candidate values for asecond characteristic of the respective avatar feature, wherein thesecond characteristic of the respective avatar feature is different fromthe first characteristic of the respective avatar feature; and means,responsive to detecting a selection of one of the feature options in thefirst set of feature options, for changing an appearance of at least oneof the second set of feature options from a first appearance to a secondappearance.

A method is described. The method is performed at an electronic devicehaving a display apparatus. The method comprises: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus: a user interface object including a respectivefeature having a first set of one or more colors; and a plurality ofcolor options for the respective feature; detecting a selection of acolor option of the plurality of color options that corresponds to asecond color; in response to detecting the selection: changing the colorof the respective feature to the color option; and displaying a firstcolor adjustment control for the color option that corresponds to asecond set of one or more colors; while the respective feature of theuser interface object has the second set of one or more colors,detecting an input that corresponds to the first color adjustmentcontrol; and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to thefirst color adjustment control, modifying the color of the respectivefeature from the second set of one or more colors to a modified versionof the second set of one or more colors based on the second color.

A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or moreprograms configured to be executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device with a display apparatus, the one or more programsincluding instructions for: displaying, via the display apparatus: auser interface object including a respective feature having a first setof one or more colors; and a plurality of color options for therespective feature; detecting a selection of a color option of theplurality of color options that corresponds to a second color; inresponse to detecting the selection: changing the color of therespective feature to the color option; and displaying a first coloradjustment control for the color option that corresponds to a second setof one or more colors; while the respective feature of the userinterface object has the second set of one or more colors, detecting aninput that corresponds to the first color adjustment control; and inresponse to detecting the input that corresponds to the first coloradjustment control, modifying the color of the respective feature fromthe second set of one or more colors to a modified version of the secondset of one or more colors based on the second color.

A transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thetransitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programsconfigured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronicdevice with a display apparatus, the one or more programs includinginstructions for: displaying, via the display apparatus: a userinterface object including a respective feature having a first set ofone or more colors; and a plurality of color options for the respectivefeature; detecting a selection of a color option of the plurality ofcolor options that corresponds to a second color; in response todetecting the selection: changing the color of the respective feature tothe color option; and displaying a first color adjustment control forthe color option that corresponds to a second set of one or more colors;while the respective feature of the user interface object has the secondset of one or more colors, detecting an input that corresponds to thefirst color adjustment control; and in response to detecting the inputthat corresponds to the first color adjustment control, modifying thecolor of the respective feature from the second set of one or morecolors to a modified version of the second set of one or more colorsbased on the second color.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more processors; and memory storing one ormore programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus: a user interface object including a respectivefeature having a first set of one or more colors; and a plurality ofcolor options for the respective feature; detecting a selection of acolor option of the plurality of color options that corresponds to asecond color; in response to detecting the selection: changing the colorof the respective feature to the color option; and displaying a firstcolor adjustment control for the color option that corresponds to asecond set of one or more colors; while the respective feature of theuser interface object has the second set of one or more colors,detecting an input that corresponds to the first color adjustmentcontrol; and in response to detecting the input that corresponds to thefirst color adjustment control, modifying the color of the respectivefeature from the second set of one or more colors to a modified versionof the second set of one or more colors based on the second color.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; and means for displaying, via the display apparatus:a user interface object including a respective feature having a firstset of one or more colors; and a plurality of color options for therespective feature; means for detecting a selection of a color option ofthe plurality of color options that corresponds to a second color; inresponse to detecting the selection: means for changing the color of therespective feature to the color option; and means for displaying a firstcolor adjustment control for the color option that corresponds to asecond set of one or more colors; means for while the respective featureof the user interface object has the second set of one or more colors,detecting an input that corresponds to the first color adjustmentcontrol; and means for in response to detecting the input thatcorresponds to the first color adjustment control, modifying the colorof the respective feature from the second set of one or more colors to amodified version of the second set of one or more colors based on thesecond color.

A method is described. The method is performed at an electronic devicehaving a display apparatus. The method comprises: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, an avatar editing user interface that includesdisplaying: an avatar having a plurality of avatar features including afirst avatar feature having a first set of one or more colors and asecond avatar feature having a set of one or more colors based on thefirst set of one or more colors and different from the first set of oneor more colors; and a plurality of color options corresponding to thefirst avatar feature; detecting selection of a respective color optionof the plurality of color options; and in response to detectingselection of the respective color option of the plurality of coloroptions of the first avatar feature, in accordance with a determinationthat the respective color option corresponds to a second set of one ormore colors, updating an appearance of the avatar, including: changingthe first avatar feature to the second set of one or more colors; andchanging the second avatar feature to a set of one or more colors basedon the second set of one or more colors and different from the secondset of one or more colors.

A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or moreprograms configured to be executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device with a display apparatus, the one or more programsincluding instructions for: displaying, via the display apparatus, anavatar editing user interface that includes displaying: an avatar havinga plurality of avatar features including a first avatar feature having afirst set of one or more colors and a second avatar feature having a setof one or more colors based on the first set of one or more colors anddifferent from the first set of one or more colors; and a plurality ofcolor options corresponding to the first avatar feature; detectingselection of a respective color option of the plurality of coloroptions; and in response to detecting selection of the respective coloroption of the plurality of color options of the first avatar feature, inaccordance with a determination that the respective color optioncorresponds to a second set of one or more colors, updating anappearance of the avatar, including: changing the first avatar featureto the second set of one or more colors; and changing the second avatarfeature to a set of one or more colors based on the second set of one ormore colors and different from the second set of one or more colors.

A transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thetransitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programsconfigured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronicdevice with a display apparatus, the one or more programs includinginstructions for: displaying, via the display apparatus, an avatarediting user interface that includes displaying: an avatar having aplurality of avatar features including a first avatar feature having afirst set of one or more colors and a second avatar feature having a setof one or more colors based on the first set of one or more colors anddifferent from the first set of one or more colors; and a plurality ofcolor options corresponding to the first avatar feature; detectingselection of a respective color option of the plurality of coloroptions; and in response to detecting selection of the respective coloroption of the plurality of color options of the first avatar feature, inaccordance with a determination that the respective color optioncorresponds to a second set of one or more colors, updating anappearance of the avatar, including: changing the first avatar featureto the second set of one or more colors; and changing the second avatarfeature to a set of one or more colors based on the second set of one ormore colors and different from the second set of one or more colors.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more processors; and memory storing one ormore programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, an avatar editing user interface that includesdisplaying: an avatar having a plurality of avatar features including afirst avatar feature having a first set of one or more colors and asecond avatar feature having a set of one or more colors based on thefirst set of one or more colors and different from the first set of oneor more colors; and a plurality of color options corresponding to thefirst avatar feature; detecting selection of a respective color optionof the plurality of color options; and in response to detectingselection of the respective color option of the plurality of coloroptions of the first avatar feature, in accordance with a determinationthat the respective color option corresponds to a second set of one ormore colors, updating an appearance of the avatar, including: changingthe first avatar feature to the second set of one or more colors; andchanging the second avatar feature to a set of one or more colors basedon the second set of one or more colors and different from the secondset of one or more colors.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; and means for displaying, via the display apparatus,an avatar editing user interface that includes displaying: an avatarhaving a plurality of avatar features including a first avatar featurehaving a first set of one or more colors and a second avatar featurehaving a set of one or more colors based on the first set of one or morecolors and different from the first set of one or more colors; and aplurality of color options corresponding to the first avatar feature;means for detecting selection of a respective color option of theplurality of color options; and means for in response to detectingselection of the respective color option of the plurality of coloroptions of the first avatar feature, in accordance with a determinationthat the respective color option corresponds to a second set of one ormore colors, updating an appearance of the avatar, including: means forchanging the first avatar feature to the second set of one or morecolors; and means for changing the second avatar feature to a set of oneor more colors based on the second set of one or more colors anddifferent from the second set of one or more colors.

A method is described. The method is performed at an electronic devicehaving a display apparatus. The method comprises: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, an avatar editing user interface that includesdisplaying: an avatar having a plurality of avatar features includingavatar hair having a selected avatar hairstyle; and a plurality ofavatar accessory options; detecting selection of a respective accessoryoption; and in response to detecting the selection of the respectiveaccessory option of the plurality of avatar accessory options, changingan appearance of the avatar to include a representation of therespective accessory option, including, in accordance with adetermination that the respective accessory option is a first accessoryoption: displaying the representation of the first accessory optionpositioned on the avatar; and modifying a geometry of a first portion ofthe avatar hair based on the position of the representation of the firstaccessory option on the avatar, while maintaining the selected avatarhairstyle.

A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or moreprograms configured to be executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device with a display apparatus, the one or more programsincluding instructions for: an avatar having a plurality of avatarfeatures including avatar hair having a selected avatar hairstyle; and aplurality of avatar accessory options; detecting selection of arespective accessory option; and in response to detecting the selectionof the respective accessory option of the plurality of avatar accessoryoptions, changing an appearance of the avatar to include arepresentation of the respective accessory option, including, inaccordance with a determination that the respective accessory option isa first accessory option: displaying the representation of the firstaccessory option positioned on the avatar; and modifying a geometry of afirst portion of the avatar hair based on the position of therepresentation of the first accessory option on the avatar, whilemaintaining the selected avatar hairstyle.

A transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thetransitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programsconfigured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronicdevice with a display apparatus, the one or more programs includinginstructions for: an avatar having a plurality of avatar featuresincluding avatar hair having a selected avatar hairstyle; and aplurality of avatar accessory options; detecting selection of arespective accessory option; and in response to detecting the selectionof the respective accessory option of the plurality of avatar accessoryoptions, changing an appearance of the avatar to include arepresentation of the respective accessory option, including, inaccordance with a determination that the respective accessory option isa first accessory option: displaying the representation of the firstaccessory option positioned on the avatar; and modifying a geometry of afirst portion of the avatar hair based on the position of therepresentation of the first accessory option on the avatar, whilemaintaining the selected avatar hairstyle.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more processors; and memory storing one ormore programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors,the one or more programs including instructions for: an avatar having aplurality of avatar features including avatar hair having a selectedavatar hairstyle; and a plurality of avatar accessory options; detectingselection of a respective accessory option; and in response to detectingthe selection of the respective accessory option of the plurality ofavatar accessory options, changing an appearance of the avatar toinclude a representation of the respective accessory option, including,in accordance with a determination that the respective accessory optionis a first accessory option: displaying the representation of the firstaccessory option positioned on the avatar; and modifying a geometry of afirst portion of the avatar hair based on the position of therepresentation of the first accessory option on the avatar, whilemaintaining the selected avatar hairstyle.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; and means for displaying, via the display apparatus,an avatar editing user interface that includes displaying: an avatarhaving a plurality of avatar features including avatar hair having aselected avatar hairstyle; and a plurality of avatar accessory options;means for detecting selection of a respective accessory option; andmeans for in response to detecting the selection of the respectiveaccessory option of the plurality of avatar accessory options, changingan appearance of the avatar to include a representation of therespective accessory option, including, in accordance with adetermination that the respective accessory option is a first accessoryoption: means for displaying the representation of the first accessoryoption positioned on the avatar; and means for modifying a geometry of afirst portion of the avatar hair based on the position of therepresentation of the first accessory option on the avatar, whilemaintaining the selected avatar hairstyle.

A method is described. The method is performed at an electronic devicehaving one or more cameras and a display apparatus. The methodcomprises: displaying, via the display apparatus, a virtual avatar,having a plurality of avatar features, that changes appearance inresponse to detected changes in pose of a face in a field of view of theone or more cameras; while the face is detected in the field of view ofthe one or more cameras, the face including a plurality of detectedfacial features including a first facial feature other than a tongue ofthe user, detecting movement of the first facial feature; and inresponse to detecting movement of the first facial feature: inaccordance with a determination that the tongue of the user meetsrespective criteria wherein the respective criteria include arequirement that the tongue of the user is visible in order for therespective criteria to be met, displaying an avatar tongue and modifyinga position of the avatar tongue based on the movement of the firstfacial feature; and in accordance with a determination that the tongueof the user does not meet the respective criteria, forgoing displayingthe avatar tongue.

A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or moreprograms configured to be executed by one or more processors of anelectronic device with a display apparatus and one or more cameras, theone or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, a virtual avatar, having a plurality of avatarfeatures, that changes appearance in response to detected changes inpose of a face in a field of view of the one or more cameras; while theface is detected in the field of view of the one or more cameras, theface including a plurality of detected facial features including a firstfacial feature other than a tongue of the user, detecting movement ofthe first facial feature; and in response to detecting movement of thefirst facial feature: in accordance with a determination that the tongueof the user meets respective criteria wherein the respective criteriainclude a requirement that the tongue of the user is visible in orderfor the respective criteria to be met, displaying an avatar tongue andmodifying a position of the avatar tongue based on the movement of thefirst facial feature; and in accordance with a determination that thetongue of the user does not meet the respective criteria, forgoingdisplaying the avatar tongue.

A transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. Thetransitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programsconfigured to be executed by one or more processors of an electronicdevice with a display apparatus and one or more cameras, the one or moreprograms including instructions for: displaying, via the displayapparatus, a virtual avatar, having a plurality of avatar features, thatchanges appearance in response to detected changes in pose of a face ina field of view of the one or more cameras; while the face is detectedin the field of view of the one or more cameras, the face including aplurality of detected facial features including a first facial featureother than a tongue of the user, detecting movement of the first facialfeature; and in response to detecting movement of the first facialfeature: in accordance with a determination that the tongue of the usermeets respective criteria wherein the respective criteria include arequirement that the tongue of the user is visible in order for therespective criteria to be met, displaying an avatar tongue and modifyinga position of the avatar tongue based on the movement of the firstfacial feature; and in accordance with a determination that the tongueof the user does not meet the respective criteria, forgoing displayingthe avatar tongue.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more cameras; one or more processors; andmemory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the oneor more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:displaying, via the display apparatus, a virtual avatar, having aplurality of avatar features, that changes appearance in response todetected changes in pose of a face in a field of view of the one or morecameras; while the face is detected in the field of view of the one ormore cameras, the face including a plurality of detected facial featuresincluding a first facial feature other than a tongue of the user,detecting movement of the first facial feature; and in response todetecting movement of the first facial feature: in accordance with adetermination that the tongue of the user meets respective criteriawherein the respective criteria include a requirement that the tongue ofthe user is visible in order for the respective criteria to be met,displaying an avatar tongue and modifying a position of the avatartongue based on the movement of the first facial feature; and inaccordance with a determination that the tongue of the user does notmeet the respective criteria, forgoing displaying the avatar tongue.

An electronic device is described. The electronic device comprises: adisplay apparatus; one or more cameras; and means for displaying, viathe display apparatus, a virtual avatar, having a plurality of avatarfeatures, that changes appearance in response to detected changes inpose of a face in a field of view of the one or more cameras; means forwhile the face is detected in the field of view of the one or morecameras, the face including a plurality of detected facial featuresincluding a first facial feature other than a tongue of the user,detecting movement of the first facial feature; and means for inresponse to detecting movement of the first facial feature: means for inaccordance with a determination that the tongue of the user meetsrespective criteria wherein the respective criteria include arequirement that the tongue of the user is visible in order for therespective criteria to be met, displaying an avatar tongue and modifyinga position of the avatar tongue based on the movement of the firstfacial feature; and means for in accordance with a determination thatthe tongue of the user does not meet the respective criteria, forgoingdisplaying the avatar tongue.

Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally,included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or othercomputer program product configured for execution by one or moreprocessors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are,optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium orother computer program product configured for execution by one or moreprocessors.

Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods andinterfaces for creating and editing avatars, thereby increasing theeffectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Suchmethods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods forcreating and editing avatars.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

For a better understanding of the various described embodiments,reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, inconjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numeralsrefer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.

FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction devicewith a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screenin accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu ofapplications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunctiondevice with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the displayin accordance with some embodiments.

FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with someembodiments.

FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device inaccordance with some embodiments.

FIGS. 6A-6AN illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating amongavatars in an application.

FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for navigating amongavatars in an application.

FIGS. 8A-8CF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying anavatar editing user interface.

FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying an avatarediting user interface.

FIGS. 10A and 10B are a flow diagram illustrating a method fordisplaying an avatar editing user interface.

FIGS. 11A and 11B are a flow diagram illustrating a method fordisplaying an avatar editing user interface.

FIGS. 12A and 12B are a flow diagram illustrating a method fordisplaying an avatar editing user interface.

FIGS. 13A-130 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for modifying anavatar in an avatar navigation user interface.

FIGS. 14A and 14B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifyingan avatar in an avatar navigation user interface.

DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS

The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, andthe like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is notintended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but isinstead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.

There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methodsand interfaces for creating and editing avatars. For example, whileprograms already exist for creating and editing avatars, these programsare inefficient and difficult to use compared to the techniques below,which allow a user to create and edit avatars to be as realistic orunrealistic as desired. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burdenon a user who creates and edits an avatar, thereby enhancingproductivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and batterypower otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs.

Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B provide a description ofexemplary devices for performing the techniques for creating and editingavatars.

FIGS. 6A-6AN illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating amongavatars in an application, in accordance with some embodiments. FIG. 7is a flow diagram illustrating methods of navigating among avatars in anapplication, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces inFIGS. 6A-6AN are used to illustrate the processes described below,including the processes in FIG. 7.

FIGS. 8A-8CF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying anavatar editing user interface. FIGS. 9A, 9B, 10A, 10B, 11A, 11B, 12A,and 12B are flow diagrams illustrating methods for displaying an avatarediting user interface, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in FIGS. 8A-8CF are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 9A, 9B, 10A, 10B, 11A,11B, 12A, and 12B.

FIGS. 13A-130 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for modifying anavatar in an avatar navigation user interface. FIGS. 14A and 14B are aflow diagram illustrating a method for modifying an avatar in an avatarnavigation user interface, in accordance with some embodiments. The userinterfaces in FIGS. 13A-130 are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 14A and 14B.

Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. todescribe various elements, these elements should not be limited by theterms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element fromanother. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and,similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, withoutdeparting from the scope of the various described embodiments. The firsttouch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the sametouch.

The terminology used in the description of the various describedembodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particularembodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in thedescription of the various described embodiments and the appendedclaims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to includethe plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicatesotherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as usedherein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations ofone or more of the associated listed items. It will be furtherunderstood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence ofstated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/orcomponents, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or moreother features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components,and/or groups thereof.

The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “inresponse to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on thecontext. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a statedcondition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upondetermining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [thestated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the statedcondition or event],” depending on the context.

Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, andassociated processes for using such devices are described. In someembodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as amobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/ormusic player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunctiondevices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad®devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronicdevices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitivesurfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are,optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in someembodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but isa desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screendisplay and/or a touchpad).

In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should beunderstood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes oneor more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physicalkeyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.

The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one ormore of the following: a drawing application, a presentationapplication, a word processing application, a website creationapplication, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, agaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencingapplication, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, aworkout support application, a photo management application, a digitalcamera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsingapplication, a digital music player application, and/or a digital videoplayer application.

The various applications that are executed on the device optionally useat least one common physical user-interface device, such as thetouch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitivesurface as well as corresponding information displayed on the deviceare, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the nextand/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physicalarchitecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the deviceoptionally supports the variety of applications with user interfacesthat are intuitive and transparent to the user.

Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices withtouch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustratingportable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 112 issometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes knownas or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device 100 includesmemory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readablestorage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units(CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106,other input control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 fordetecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitivesurface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100).Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 167for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactileoutputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive displaysystem 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). Thesecomponents optionally communicate over one or more communication busesor signal lines 103.

As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of acontact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure(force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on thetouch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force orpressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of acontact has a range of values that includes at least four distinctvalues and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., atleast 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (ormeasured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinationsof sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath oradjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measureforce at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In someimplementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors arecombined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of acontact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally,used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitivesurface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on thetouch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of thetouch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto,and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to thecontact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute forthe force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. Insome implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force orpressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity thresholdhas been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in unitscorresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations,the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are convertedto an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressureis used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded(e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in unitsof pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a userinput allows for user access to additional device functionality that mayotherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device withlimited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on atouch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via atouch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or aphysical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output”refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previousposition of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., atouch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component(e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relativeto a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user withthe user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the deviceor the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a userthat is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of auser's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacementwill be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding toa perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or thecomponent of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitivesurface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally,interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physicalactuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensationsuch as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement ofa physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surfacethat is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. Asanother example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally,interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitivesurface, even when there is no change in smoothness of thetouch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a userwill be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user,there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a largemajority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described ascorresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “upclick,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, thegenerated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of thedevice or a component thereof that will generate the described sensoryperception for a typical (or average) user.

It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of aportable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has moreor fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or morecomponents, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangementof the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1A areimplemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware andsoftware, including one or more signal processing and/orapplication-specific integrated circuits.

Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory andoptionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or moremagnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or othernon-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 122optionally controls access to memory 102 by other components of device100.

Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and outputperipherals of the device to CPU 120 and memory 102. The one or moreprocessors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets ofinstructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions fordevice 100 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripheralsinterface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally,implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some otherembodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.

RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, alsocalled electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electricalsignals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates withcommunications networks and other communications devices via theelectromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-knowncircuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited toan antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner,one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, asubscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RFcircuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as theInternet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranetand/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, awireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network(MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 108optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near fieldcommunication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communicationradio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality ofcommunications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but notlimited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced DataGSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA),high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO),HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), nearfield communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access(W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multipleaccess (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity(Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n,and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, aprotocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP)and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensiblemessaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol forInstant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), InstantMessaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service(SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, includingcommunication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of thisdocument.

Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audiointerface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receivesaudio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to anelectrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111.Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted bymicrophone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts theelectrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data toperipherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally,retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jackprovides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audioinput/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headsetwith both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input(e.g., a microphone).

I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, suchas touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116, to peripheralsinterface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller156, optical sensor controller 158, depth camera controller 169,intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and oneor more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. Theone or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signalsfrom/to other input control devices 116. The other input control devices116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rockerbuttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and soforth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are,optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, aninfrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The oneor more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down buttonfor volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or morebuttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).

A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touchscreen 112 or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on thetouch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by PerformingGestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No.7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Alonger press of the push button (e.g., 206) optionally turns power todevice 100 on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttonsare, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen 112 is used toimplement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

Touch-sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an outputinterface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receivesand/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 112. Touch screen112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionallyincludes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof(collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all ofthe visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects.

Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set ofsensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactilecontact. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (along with anyassociated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detectcontact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen112 and convert the detected contact into interaction withuser-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages,or images) that are displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplaryembodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 112 and the usercorresponds to a finger of the user.

Touch screen 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display)technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED(light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologiesare used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof usingany of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or laterdeveloped, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared,and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximitysensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points ofcontact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, projectedmutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in theiPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 is,optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads describedin the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat.No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932(Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each ofwhich is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However,touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, whereastouch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.

A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 112 isdescribed in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent applicationSer. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2,2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “MultipointTouchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No.10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30,2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures ForTouch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User InterfacesFor Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On ATouch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patentapplication Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A TouchScreen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser.No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen VirtualKeyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No.11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. Allof these applications are incorporated by reference herein in theirentirety.

Touch screen 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi.In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution ofapproximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touchscreen 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, afinger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface isdesigned to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures,which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger areaof contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, thedevice translates the rough finger-based input into a precisepointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired bythe user.

In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particularfunctions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive areaof the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visualoutput. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that isseparate from touch screen 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitivesurface formed by the touch screen.

Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the variouscomponents. Power system 162 optionally includes a power managementsystem, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current(AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a powerconverter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emittingdiode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation,management and distribution of power in portable devices.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164.FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 optionally includescharge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor(CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from theenvironment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts thelight to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 optionallycaptures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensoris located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screen display 112on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabledfor use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. Insome embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of thedevice so that the user's image is, optionally, obtained for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conferenceparticipants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, theposition of optical sensor 164 can be changed by the user (e.g., byrotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a singleoptical sensor 164 is used along with the touch screen display for bothvideo conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors175. FIG. 1A shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth cameracontroller 169 in I/O subsystem 106. Depth camera sensor 175 receivesdata from the environment to create a three dimensional model of anobject (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depthcamera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module143 (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor 175 is optionallyused to determine a depth map of different portions of an image capturedby the imaging module 143. In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor islocated on the front of device 100 so that the user's image with depthinformation is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while theuser views the other video conference participants on the touch screendisplay and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments,the depth camera sensor 175 is located on the back of device, or on theback and the front of the device 100. In some embodiments, the positionof depth camera sensor 175 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotatingthe lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camerasensor 175 is used along with the touch screen display for both videoconferencing and still and/or video image acquisition.

In some embodiments, a depth map (e.g., depth map image) containsinformation (e.g., values) that relates to the distance of objects in ascene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera, an optical sensor, a depthcamera sensor). In one embodiment of a depth map, each depth pixeldefines the position in the viewpoint's Z-axis where its correspondingtwo-dimensional pixel is located. In some embodiments, a depth map iscomposed of pixels wherein each pixel is defined by a value (e.g.,0-255). For example, the “0” value represents pixels that are located atthe most distant place in a “three dimensional” scene and the “255”value represents pixels that are located closest to a viewpoint (e.g., acamera, an optical sensor, a depth camera sensor) in the “threedimensional” scene. In other embodiments, a depth map represents thedistance between an object in a scene and the plane of the viewpoint. Insome embodiments, the depth map includes information about the relativedepth of various features of an object of interest in view of the depthcamera (e.g., the relative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears of a user'sface). In some embodiments, the depth map includes information thatenables the device to determine contours of the object of interest in az direction.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensitysensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled tointensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensitysensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges,capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric forcesensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, orother intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (orpressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensitysensor 165 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressureinformation or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocatedwith, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitivedisplay system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensitysensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch screendisplay 112, which is located on the front of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166.FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled to peripherals interface 118.Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is, optionally, coupled to inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Proximity sensor 166 optionallyperforms as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “ProximityDetector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient LightSensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862,“Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In PortableDevices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For AutomaticConfiguration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated byreference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensorturns off and disables touch screen 112 when the multifunction device isplaced near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile outputgenerators 167. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled tohaptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile outputgenerator 167 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devicessuch as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanicaldevices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor,solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostaticactuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., acomponent that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on thedevice). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives tactile feedbackgeneration instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generatestactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a userof device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile outputgenerator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates atactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g.,in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth inthe same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, atleast one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back ofdevice 100, opposite touch screen display 112, which is located on thefront of device 100.

Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 168. FIG.1A shows accelerometer 168 coupled to peripherals interface 118.Alternately, accelerometer 168 is, optionally, coupled to an inputcontroller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. Accelerometer 168 optionallyperforms as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059,“Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable ElectronicDevices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods AndApparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,”both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Insome embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen displayin a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of datareceived from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionallyincludes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 168, a magnetometer and a GPS(or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaininginformation concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait orlandscape) of device 100.

In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102include operating system 126, communication module (or set ofinstructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130,graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or setof instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set ofinstructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136.Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3)stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3.Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: activeapplication state, indicating which applications, if any, are currentlyactive; display state, indicating what applications, views or otherinformation occupy various regions of touch screen display 112; sensorstate, including information obtained from the device's various sensorsand input control devices 116; and location information concerning thedevice's location and/or attitude.

Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS,WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includesvarious software components and/or drivers for controlling and managinggeneral system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control,power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between varioushardware and software components.

Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devicesover one or more external ports 124 and also includes various softwarecomponents for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/orexternal port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB),FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices orindirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). Insome embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin)connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch screen112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and othertouch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).Contact/motion module 130 includes various software components forperforming various operations related to detection of contact, such asdetermining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-downevent), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force orpressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of thecontact), determining if there is movement of the contact and trackingthe movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one ormore finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased(e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitivesurface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which isrepresented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determiningspeed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or anacceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point ofcontact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts(e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments,contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on atouchpad.

In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or moreintensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has beenperformed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” onan icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensitythresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g.,the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholdsof particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changingthe physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click”threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of alarge range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpador touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations,a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjustingone or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjustingindividual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality ofintensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity”parameter).

Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contactpatterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities ofdetected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected bydetecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a fingertap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detectinga finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially thesame position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of anicon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on thetouch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followedby detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequentlyfollowed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.

Graphics module 132 includes various known software components forrendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 112 or other display,including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness,transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) ofgraphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics”includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, withoutlimitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objectsincluding soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.

In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representinggraphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned acorresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applicationsetc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with,if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and thengenerates screen image data to output to display controller 156.

Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components forgenerating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 167 toproduce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 100 inresponse to user interactions with device 100.

Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphicsmodule 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in variousapplications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, andany other application that needs text input).

GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides thisinformation for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 foruse in location-based dialing; to camera 143 as picture/video metadata;and to applications that provide location-based services such as weatherwidgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).

Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets ofinstructions), or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   Contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact        list);    -   Telephone module 138;    -   Video conference module 139;    -   E-mail client module 140;    -   Instant messaging (IM) module 141;    -   Workout support module 142;    -   Camera module 143 for still and/or video images;    -   Image management module 144;    -   Video player module;    -   Music player module;    -   Browser module 147;    -   Calendar module 148;    -   Widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of:        weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget        149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and        other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created        widgets 149-6;    -   Widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;    -   Search module 151;    -   Video and music player module 152, which merges video player        module and music player module;    -   Notes module 153;    -   Map module 154; and/or    -   Online video module 155.

Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored inmemory 102 include other word processing applications, other imageediting applications, drawing applications, presentation applications,JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voicerecognition, and voice replication.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, contacts module 137 are, optionally, used to manage an address bookor contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 ofcontacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: addingname(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book;associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physicaladdress(es) or other information with a name; associating an image witha name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers ore-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications bytelephone 138, video conference module 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; andso forth.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motionmodule 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephonemodule 138 are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characterscorresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephonenumbers in contacts module 137, modify a telephone number that has beenentered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, anddisconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As notedabove, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality ofcommunications standards, protocols, and technologies.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111,microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphicsmodule 132, text input module 134, contacts module 137, and telephonemodule 138, video conference module 139 includes executable instructionsto initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a userand one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executableinstructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response touser instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144,e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mailswith still or video images taken with camera module 143.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executableinstructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to aninstant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit arespective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service(SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-basedinstant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-basedinstant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view receivedinstant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or receivedinstant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, videofiles and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or anEnhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging”refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMSor MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP,SIMPLE, or IMPS).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music playermodule, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions tocreate workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burninggoals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receiveworkout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; selectand play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workoutdata.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, opticalsensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130,graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143includes executable instructions to capture still images or video(including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modifycharacteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image orvideo from memory 102.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134,and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executableinstructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate,label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), andstore still and/or video images.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and textinput module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions tobrowse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, includingsearching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portionsthereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147,calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display,modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g.,calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 aremini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user(e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or createdby the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, awidget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS(Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In someembodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) fileand a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning auser-specified portion of a web page into a widget).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search fortext, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 thatmatch one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specifiedsearch terms) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and musicplayer module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the userto download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored inone or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executableinstructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g.,on touch screen 112 or on an external, connected display via externalport 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes thefunctionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of AppleInc.).

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create andmanage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with userinstructions.

In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, displaycontroller 156, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, textinput module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps anddata associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores andother points of interest at or near a particular location, and otherlocation-based data) in accordance with user instructions.

In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156,contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110,speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail clientmodule 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includesinstructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., bystreaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or onan external, connected display via external port 124), send an e-mailwith a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage onlinevideos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments,instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, isused to send a link to a particular online video. Additional descriptionof the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional PatentApplication No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, andGraphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20,2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “PortableMultifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for PlayingOnline Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are herebyincorporated by reference in their entirety.

Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to aset of executable instructions for performing one or more functionsdescribed above and the methods described in this application (e.g., thecomputer-implemented methods and other information processing methodsdescribed herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need notbe implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules,and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined orotherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video playermodule is, optionally, combined with music player module into a singlemodule (e.g., video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In someembodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules anddata structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionallystores additional modules and data structures not described above.

In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of apredefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusivelythrough a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/ora touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons,dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.

The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through atouch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation betweenuser interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by theuser, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any userinterface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menubutton” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, themenu button is a physical push button or other physical input controldevice instead of a touchpad.

FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for eventhandling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments,memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., inoperating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any ofthe aforementioned applications 137-151, 155, 380-390).

Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines theapplication 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to whichto deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes eventmonitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments,application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, whichindicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitivedisplay 112 when the application is active or executing. In someembodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, andapplication internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determineapplication views 191 to which to deliver event information.

In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additionalinformation, such as one or more of: resume information to be used whenapplication 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state informationthat indicates information being displayed or that is ready for displayby application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back toa prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue ofprevious actions taken by the user.

Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., auser touch on touch-sensitive display 112, as part of a multi-touchgesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receivesfrom I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166,accelerometer(s) 168, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/Osubsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or atouch-sensitive surface.

In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripheralsinterface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripheralsinterface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments,peripherals interface 118 transmits event information only when there isa significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predeterminednoise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).

In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit viewdetermination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determinationmodule 173.

Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures fordetermining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more viewswhen touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. Views aremade up of controls and other elements that a user can see on thedisplay.

Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is aset of views, sometimes herein called application views or userinterface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-basedgestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) inwhich a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levelswithin a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example,the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally,called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as properinputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hitview of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.

Hit view determination module 172 receives information related tosub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multipleviews organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which shouldhandle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowestlevel view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the firstsub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potentialevent). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determinationmodule 172, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related tothe same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hitview.

Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which viewor views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence ofsub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determinationmodule 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particularsequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizerdetermination module 173 determines that all views that include thephysical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, andtherefore determines that all actively involved views should receive aparticular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touchsub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with oneparticular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain asactively involved views.

Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an eventrecognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including activeevent recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined byactive event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments,event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the eventinformation, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 182.

In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170.Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet otherembodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part ofanother module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.

In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of eventhandlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of whichincludes instructions for handling touch events that occur within arespective view of the application's user interface. Each applicationview 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a pluralityof event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of eventrecognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interfacekit or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inheritsmethods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective eventhandler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176,object updater 177, or GUI updater 178 to update the applicationinternal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views191 include one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in someembodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, andGUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.

A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g.,event data 179) from event sorter 170 and identifies an event from theevent information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 andevent comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 alsoincludes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event deliveryinstructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event deliveryinstructions).

Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. Theevent information includes information about a sub-event, for example, atouch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the eventinformation also includes additional information, such as location ofthe sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the eventinformation optionally also includes speed and direction of thesub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the devicefrom one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to alandscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event informationincludes corresponding information about the current orientation (alsocalled device attitude) of the device.

Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined eventor sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines anevent or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event orsub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes eventdefinitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events(e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1(187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events inan event (187) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touchmovement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, thedefinition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object.The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) onthe displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touchend) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on thedisplayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touchend) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition forevent 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, forexample, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for apredetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitivedisplay 112, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments,the event also includes information for one or more associated eventhandlers 190.

In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of anevent for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, eventcomparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interfaceobject is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an applicationview in which three user-interface objects are displayed ontouch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitivedisplay 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine whichof the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch(sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respectiveevent handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit testto determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example,event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with thesub-event and the object triggering the hit test.

In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (187) alsoincludes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event informationuntil after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-eventsdoes or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.

When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series ofsub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, therespective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, eventfailed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequentsub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other eventrecognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue totrack and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate howthe event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to activelyinvolved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includesconfigurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how eventrecognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. Insome embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags,and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varyinglevels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.

In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates eventhandler 190 associated with an event when one or more particularsub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respectiveevent recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with theevent to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinctfrom sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated withthe recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flagcatches the flag and performs a predefined process.

In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-eventdelivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-eventwithout activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event deliveryinstructions deliver event information to event handlers associated withthe series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlersassociated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved viewsreceive the event information and perform a predetermined process.

In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used inapplication 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephonenumber used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in videoplayer module. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates andupdates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of auser-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUIupdater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.

In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to dataupdater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In someembodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 orapplication view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two ormore software modules.

It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding eventhandling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies toother forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 withinput devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. Forexample, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinatedwith single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movementssuch as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs;movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements;biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilizedas inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to berecognized.

FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touchscreen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screenoptionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200.In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabledto select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on thegraphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scalein the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in thefigure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurswhen the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In someembodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one ormore swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward),and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upwardand/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In someimplementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphicdoes not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweepsover an application icon optionally does not select the correspondingapplication when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.

Device 100 optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as“home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is,optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set ofapplications that are, optionally, executed on device 100.Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as asoft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 112.

In some embodiments, device 100 includes touch screen 112, menu button204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking thedevice, volume adjustment button(s) 208, subscriber identity module(SIM) card slot 210, headset jack 212, and docking/charging externalport 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/offon the device by depressing the button and holding the button in thedepressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device bydepressing the button and releasing the button before the predefinedtime interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate anunlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also acceptsverbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions throughmicrophone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or morecontact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts ontouch screen 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 167 forgenerating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.

FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with adisplay and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with someembodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments,device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer,a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device(such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device(e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includesone or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or othercommunications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communicationbuses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) thatinterconnects and controls communications between system components.Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display340, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 330 alsooptionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generatingtactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile outputgenerator(s) 167 described above with reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359(e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contactintensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 165 describedabove with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed randomaccess memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solidstate memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, suchas one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storagedevices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storagedevices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devicesremotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 storesprograms, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs,modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portablemultifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore,memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and datastructures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawingmodule 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, websitecreation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheetmodule 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG.1A) optionally does not store these modules.

Each of the above-identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, storedin one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of theabove-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions forperforming a function described above. The above-identified modules orprograms (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented asseparate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus varioussubsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwiserearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identifiedabove. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules anddata structures not described above.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces thatare, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunctiondevice 100.

FIG. 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu ofapplications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance withsome embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implementedon device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes thefollowing elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

-   -   Signal strength indicator(s) 402 for wireless communication(s),        such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;    -   Time 404;    -   Bluetooth indicator 405;    -   Battery status indicator 406;    -   Tray 408 with icons for frequently used applications, such as:        -   Icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which            optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed            calls or voicemail messages;        -   Icon 418 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which            optionally includes an indicator 410 of the number of unread            e-mails;        -   Icon 420 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and        -   Icon 422 for video and music player module 152, also            referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152,            labeled “iPod;” and    -   Icons for other applications, such as:        -   Icon 424 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;”        -   Icon 426 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;”        -   Icon 428 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;”        -   Icon 430 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;”        -   Icon 432 for online video module 155, labeled “Online            Video;”        -   Icon 434 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;”        -   Icon 436 for map module 154, labeled “Maps;”        -   Icon 438 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;”        -   Icon 440 for alarm clock widget 149-4, labeled “Clock;”        -   Icon 442 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout            Support;”        -   Icon 444 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and        -   Icon 446 for a settings application or module, labeled            “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device 100            and its various applications 136.

It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 4A aremerely exemplary. For example, icon 422 for video and music playermodule 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are,optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, alabel for a respective application icon includes a name of anapplication corresponding to the respective application icon. In someembodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct froma name of an application corresponding to the particular applicationicon.

FIG. 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g.,device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tabletor touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from the display 450 (e.g.,touch screen display 112). Device 300 also, optionally, includes one ormore contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) fordetecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 451 and/orone or more tactile output generators 357 for generating tactile outputsfor a user of device 300.

Although some of the examples that follow will be given with referenceto inputs on touch screen display 112 (where the touch-sensitive surfaceand the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detectsinputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display,as shown in FIG. 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface(e.g., 451 in FIG. 4B) has a primary axis (e.g., 452 in FIG. 4B) thatcorresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4B) on the display(e.g., 450). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detectscontacts (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4B) with the touch-sensitive surface451 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display(e.g., in FIG. 4B, 460 corresponds to 468 and 462 corresponds to 470).In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 460 and 462, and movementsthereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,451 in FIG. 4B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interfaceon the display (e.g., 450 in FIG. 4B) of the multifunction device whenthe touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should beunderstood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other userinterfaces described herein.

Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily withreference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures,finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in someembodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with inputfrom another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input).For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click(e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor alongthe path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). Asanother example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouseclick while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture(e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detectthe contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneouslydetected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are,optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are,optionally, used simultaneously.

FIG. 5A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500includes body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some orall of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (e.g.,FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has touch-sensitivedisplay screen 504, hereafter touch screen 504. Alternatively, or inaddition to touch screen 504, device 500 has a display and atouch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in someembodiments, touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface)optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detectingintensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or moreintensity sensors of touch screen 504 (or the touch-sensitive surface)can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. Theuser interface of device 500 can respond to touches based on theirintensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invokedifferent user interface operations on device 500.

Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity arefound, for example, in related applications: International PatentApplication Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, andGraphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface ObjectsCorresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPOPublication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent ApplicationSerial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical UserInterface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display OutputRelationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No.WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference intheir entirety.

In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508, if included, can be physical.Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatablemechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachmentmechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permitattachment of device 500 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings,necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers,belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachmentmechanisms permit device 500 to be worn by a user.

FIG. 5B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 500. In someembodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the componentsdescribed with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device 500 has bus 512that operatively couples I/O section 514 with one or more computerprocessors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can be connected todisplay 504, which can have touch-sensitive component 522 and,optionally, intensity sensor 524 (e.g., contact intensity sensor). Inaddition, I/O section 514 can be connected with communication unit 530for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi,Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or otherwireless communication techniques. Device 500 can include inputmechanisms 506 and/or 508. Input mechanism 506 is, optionally, arotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, forexample. Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a button, in some examples.

Input mechanism 508 is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples.Personal electronic device 500 optionally includes various sensors, suchas GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (e.g.,compass), gyroscope 536, motion sensor 538, and/or a combinationthereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 514.

Memory 518 of personal electronic device 500 can include one or morenon-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storingcomputer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or morecomputer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer processorsto perform the techniques described below, including processes 700, 900,1000, 1100, 1200, and 1400 (FIGS. 7, 9A, 9B, 10A, 10B, 11A, 11B, 12A,12B, 14A and 14B). A computer-readable storage medium can be any mediumthat can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions foruse by or in connection with the instruction execution system,apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is atransitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, thestorage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. Thenon-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is notlimited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examplesof such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD,or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory suchas flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device500 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG. 5B, butcan include other or additional components in multiple configurations.

As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactivegraphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on thedisplay screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B).For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink)each optionally constitute an affordance.

As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input elementthat indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user isinteracting. In some implementations that include a cursor or otherlocation marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when aninput (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface(e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B)while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., abutton, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particularuser interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detectedinput. In some implementations that include a touch screen display(e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or touch screen 112in FIG. 4A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elementson the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen actsas a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by thecontact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of aparticular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, orother user interface element), the particular user interface element isadjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations,focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region ofthe user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor ormovement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tabkey or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); inthese implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance withmovement of focus between different regions of the user interface.Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, thefocus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on atouch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as tocommunicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface(e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interfacewith which the user is intending to interact). For example, the locationof a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) overa respective button while a press input is detected on thetouch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicatethat the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposedto other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).

As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristicintensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact basedon one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, thecharacteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. Thecharacteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number ofintensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during apredetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting thecontact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or afterdetecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an endof the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity ofthe contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity ofthe contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally,based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of thecontact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an averagevalue of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value ofthe intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of theintensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of theintensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, theduration of the contact is used in determining the characteristicintensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of theintensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, thecharacteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensitythresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by auser. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholdsoptionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensitythreshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensitythat does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, acontact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensitythreshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results ina second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity thatexceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In someembodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and oneor more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one ormore operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation orforgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used todetermine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.

In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposesof determining a characteristic intensity. For example, atouch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contacttransitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, atwhich point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, thecharacteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is,optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, andnot the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipecontact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithmis, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior todetermining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example,the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: anunweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothingalgorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponentialsmoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithmseliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contactfor purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.

The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is,optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds,such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensitythreshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more otherintensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensitythreshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will performoperations typically associated with clicking a button of a physicalmouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensitythreshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will performoperations that are different from operations typically associated withclicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In someembodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensitybelow the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominalcontact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is nolonger detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordancewith movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface withoutperforming an operation associated with the light press intensitythreshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unlessotherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent betweendifferent sets of user interface figures.

An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensitybelow the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between thelight press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity thresholdis sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase ofcharacteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deeppress intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensitythreshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increaseof characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below thecontact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between thecontact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensitythreshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on thetouch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contactfrom an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to anintensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimesreferred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface.In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero.In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold isgreater than zero.

In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations areperformed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respectivepress input or in response to detecting the respective press inputperformed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), wherethe respective press input is detected based at least in part ondetecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality ofcontacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments,the respective operation is performed in response to detecting theincrease in intensity of the respective contact above the press-inputintensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective pressinput). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase inintensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensitythreshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact belowthe press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation isperformed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensityof the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “upstroke” of the respective press input).

In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoidaccidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines orselects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationshipto the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensitythreshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensitythreshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or somereasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, insome embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity ofthe respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and asubsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresisintensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensitythreshold, and the respective operation is performed in response todetecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contactbelow the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of therespective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press inputis detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of thecontact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity thresholdto an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and,optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to anintensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respectiveoperation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g.,the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity ofthe contact, depending on the circumstances).

For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed inresponse to a press input associated with a press-input intensitythreshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are,optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase inintensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, anincrease in intensity of a contact from an intensity below thehysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-inputintensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below thepress-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of thecontact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to thepress-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where anoperation is described as being performed in response to detecting adecrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensitythreshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response todetecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresisintensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-inputintensity threshold.

Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”)and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device,such as portable multifunction device 100, device 300, or device 500.

FIGS. 6A-6AN illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating amongavatars in an application (e.g., a messaging application), in accordancewith some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used toillustrate the processes described below, including the processes inFIG. 7.

FIG. 6A depicts device 600 having display 601, which in some cases is atouch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, device 600 also includescamera 602, which, at a minimum, includes an image sensor that iscapable of capturing data representing a portion of the light spectrum(e.g., visible light, infrared light, or ultraviolet light). In someembodiments, camera 602 includes multiple image sensors and/or othertypes of sensors. In addition to capturing data representing sensedlight, in some embodiments, camera 602 is capable of capturing othertypes of data, such as depth data. For example, in some embodiments,camera 602 also captures depth data using techniques based on speckle,time-of-flight, parallax, or focus. Image data that device 600 capturesusing camera 602 includes data corresponding to a portion of the lightspectrum for a scene within the field of view of the camera.Additionally, in some embodiments, the captured image data also includesdepth data for the light data. In some other embodiments, the capturedimage data contains data sufficient to determine or generate depth datafor the data for the portion of the light spectrum. In some embodiments,device 600 includes one or more features of devices 100, 300, or 500.

In some examples, electronic device 600 includes a depth camera, such asan infrared camera, a thermographic camera, or a combination thereof. Insome examples, the device further includes a light-emitting device(e.g., light projector), such an IR flood light, a structured lightprojector, or a combination thereof. The light-emitting device is,optionally, used to illuminate the subject during capture of the imageby a visible light camera and a depth camera (e.g., an IR camera) andthe information from the depth camera and the visible light camera areused to determine a depth map of different portions of subject capturedby the visible light camera. In some embodiments, a depth map (e.g.,depth map image) contains information (e.g., values) that relates to thedistance of objects in a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a camera). In oneembodiment of a depth map, each depth pixel defines the position in theviewpoint's Z-axis where its corresponding two-dimensional pixel islocated. In some examples, a depth map is composed of pixels whereineach pixel is defined by a value (e.g., 0-255). For example, the “0”value represents pixels that are located at the most distant place in a“three dimensional” scene and the “255” value represents pixels that arelocated closest to a viewpoint (e.g., camera) in the “three dimensional”scene. In other examples, a depth map represents the distance between anobject in a scene and the plane of the viewpoint.) In some embodiments,the depth map includes information about the relative depth of variousfeatures of an object of interest in view of the depth camera (e.g., therelative depth of eyes, nose, mouth, ears of a user's face). In someembodiments, the depth map includes information that enables the deviceto determine contours of the object of interest in a z direction. Insome embodiments, the lighting effects described herein are displayedusing disparity information from two cameras (e.g., two visual lightcameras) for rear facing images and using depth information from a depthcamera combined with image data from a visual light camera for frontfacing images (e.g., selfie images). In some embodiments, the same userinterface is used when the two visual light cameras are used todetermine the depth information and when the depth camera is used todetermine the depth information, providing the user with a consistentexperience, even when using dramatically different technologies todetermine the information that is used when generating the lightingeffects. In some embodiments, while displaying the camera user interfacewith one of the lighting effects applied, the device detects selectionof a camera switching affordance and switches from the front facingcameras (e.g., a depth camera and a visible light camera) to the rearfacing cameras (e.g., two visible light cameras that are spaced apartfrom each other) (or vice versa) while maintaining display of the userinterface controls for applying the lighting effect and replacingdisplay of the field of view of the front facing cameras to the field ofview of the rear facing cameras (or vice versa).

In FIG. 6A, device 600 is displaying messaging user interface 603 of amessaging application. Messaging user interface 603 includes messagedisplay region 604 including messages 605 transmitted to a participant(represented by recipient identifier 606) in a message conversation.Messaging user interface 603 also includes a message-compose field 608for displaying input (e.g., text input, multimedia input, etc.) forsending to the participant in the message conversation. Messaging userinterface 603 also includes application dock affordance 610, keyboarddisplay region 612, and text-suggestion region 614.

In FIG. 6B, device 600 detects input 616 (e.g., a touch input on display601) at a location corresponding to application dock affordance 610.

In FIG. 6C, in response to detecting input 616, device 600 replacestext-suggestion region 614 with application dock 618 having applicationaffordances 620 corresponding to various applications. Device 600 alsoreplaces keyboard display region 612 with application display region 622for showing an application user interface that corresponds to a selectedone of the application affordances.

In FIG. 6D, device 600 detects input 624 (e.g., a touch input on display601 at a location corresponding to application affordance 620 a)selecting application affordance 620 a.

In FIG. 6E, in response to detecting input 624, device 600 replacesapplication dock 618 and application display region 622 with avatarsplash screen 626 having example avatars 628. The example avatarsinclude example customizable avatars 628 a and example non-customizableavatars 628 b. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6E, customizableavatars 628 a are positioned above non-customizable avatars 628 b. Insome embodiments, avatar splash screen 626 includes an animated displayof example avatars 628 moving and changing facial expressions to givethe appearance of the example avatars interacting with each other (e.g.,appearing to talk to each other, winking, laughing, smiling, etc.). Insome embodiments, device 600 only displays avatar splash screen 626 thefirst time application affordance 620 a is selected or when nocustomizable avatars have been created. In some embodiments, when avatarsplash screen 626 is not displayed, device 600 optionally displays anavatar selection interface such as, for example, condensed avatarselection interface 668 (see FIG. 6L and corresponding discussionbelow).

In some embodiments, a virtual avatar is a representation of the userthat can be graphically depicted (e.g., a graphical representation ofthe user). In some embodiments, the virtual avatar is non-photorealistic(e.g., is cartoonish). In some embodiments, the virtual avatar includesan avatar face having one or more avatar features (e.g., avatar facialfeatures). In some embodiments, the avatar features correspond (e.g.,are mapped) to one or more physical features of a user's face such thatdetected movement of the user's physical features (e.g., as determinedbased on a camera such as a depth sensing camera) affects the avatarfeature (e.g., affects the feature's graphical representation).

In some examples, a user is able to manipulate characteristics orfeatures of a virtual avatar using a camera sensor (e.g., camera module143, optical sensor 164) and, optionally, a depth sensor (e.g., depthcamera sensor 175). As a user's physical features (such as facialfeatures) and position (such as head position, head rotation, or headtilt) changes, the electronic device detects the changes and modifiesthe displayed image of the virtual avatar to reflect the changes in theuser's physical features and position. In some embodiments, the changesto the user's physical features and position are indicative of variousexpressions, emotions, context, tone, or other non-verbal communication.In some embodiments, the electronic device modifies the displayed imageof the virtual avatar to represent these expressions, emotions, context,tone, or other non-verbal communication.

In some embodiments, customizable avatars are virtual avatars that canbe selected and customized by a user, for example, to achieve a desiredappearance (e.g., to look like the user). The customizable avatarsgenerally have an appearance of a human character, rather than anon-human character such as an anthropomorphic construct of an animal orother nonhuman object. Additionally, features of the avatar can becreated or changed, if desired, using an avatar editing user interface(e.g., such as the avatar editing user interface discussed below withrespect to FIGS. 8A-8CF). In some embodiments, customizable avatars canbe created and configured to achieve a customized physical appearance,physical construct, or modeled behavior.

In some embodiments, non-customizable avatars are virtual avatars thatcan be selected by a user, but generally are not fundamentallyconfigurable, though their appearance can be altered via face tracking,as described in more detail below. Instead, non-customizable avatars arepreconfigured and generally do not have feature components that can bemodified by a user. In some embodiments, the non-customizable avatarshave an appearance of a non-human character, such as an anthropomorphicconstruct of an animal or other nonhuman object. Non-customizableavatars cannot be created by a user or modified to achieve a significantchange in the physical appearance, physical construct, or modeledbehavior of non-customizable avatars.

In FIG. 6F, device 600 detects input 630 (e.g., a touch gesture ondisplay 601) on continue affordance 632.

In FIG. 6G, in response to detecting input 630, device 600 displaysexpanded avatar selection interface 634, which provides an initial setof avatar options that can be selected for messaging user interface 608(e.g., to send to a participant in the message conversation). In theembodiments discussed herein, an avatar is a representation of a virtualcharacter that can be animated to display changes (e.g., in response todevice detecting changes in a user's face). An avatar can correspond toan avatar option, which is a static representation of the avatar havingthe same appearance and characteristics as the avatar, but generally isnot animated. An avatar option is typically a selectable representationof the avatar. Often, when the avatar option is selected, thecorresponding avatar is displayed.

Expanded avatar selection interface 634 includes avatar display region636 and avatar option region 638. Avatar option region 638 includes aset of selectable avatar options 640. A selected avatar option isindicated by border 642, which, in FIG. 6G, is shown displayed aroundinitially selected monkey avatar option 640 a. The selected avataroption is represented in avatar display region 636 as avatar 645 (e.g.,avatar 645 is a monkey that corresponds to monkey avatar option 640 a).Each avatar option 640 can be selected by tapping on a respective avataroption. Thus, in response to receiving a selection of a different one ofavatar options 640, device 600 modifies the displayed avatar 645 torepresent the newly selected avatar option, and moves border 642 to theselected avatar option. Thus, if device 600 detected a selection ofunicorn avatar option 640 b, device 600 would display border 642 aroundunicorn avatar option 640 b and modify avatar 645 to appear as a unicorncorresponding to unicorn avatar option 640 b.

Avatar display region 636 also includes capture affordance 644, whichcan be selected to capture an image of avatar 645 to send to aparticipant in the message conversation (see messaging user interface603). In some embodiments, the captured image is a still image or avideo recording, depending on the type of gesture detected on captureaffordance 644. For example, if device 600 detects a tap gesture oncapture affordance 644, device 600 captures a still image of avatar 645at the time the tap gesture occurs. If device 600 detects a tap-and-holdgesture on capture affordance 644, device 600 captures a video recordingof avatar 645 during a period of time for which the tap-and-hold gesturepersists. In some embodiments, the video recording stops when the fingerlifts off of the affordance. In some embodiments, the video recordingcontinues until a subsequent input (e.g., a tap input) is detected at alocation corresponding to the affordance. In some embodiments, thecaptured image (e.g., still image or video recording) of avatar 645 isthen inserted into message-compose field 608 to be subsequently sent toa participant in the message conversation. In some embodiments, thecaptured image of avatar 645 is sent directly to the participant in themessage conversation without inserting the captured image inmessage-compose field 608.

In some embodiments, device 600 tracks movement and positioning (e.g.,rotational movement and/or translational movement) of a user's facepositioned in a field-of-view of a camera (e.g., camera 602) and, inresponse, updates an appearance of avatar 645 based on the detectedchanges in the user's face (often referred to herein as a “facetracking” function). For example, as shown in FIG. 6H, device 600updates an appearance of avatar 645 in response to detecting (e.g.,using camera 602) changes in a user's face. In the example in FIG. 6H,avatar 645 is shown tilted with an open mouth and wide eyes, mirroring asimilar expression and position of a user's face that is positioned inthe field-of-view of camera 602. Such changes to avatar 645 can becaptured using capture affordance 644 and, optionally, sent to aparticipant in the message conversation shown in FIG. 6A. Althoughavatar 645 shown in FIG. 6H is a non-customizable avatar, device 600 canmodify customizable avatars in a similar manner.

In the expanded avatar selection interface illustrated in FIGS. 6G-6I,all avatar options 640 displayed in avatar option region 638 arenon-customizable avatars that are preconfigured for the user's immediateselection. This is because no customizable avatars have been created. Asshown in FIG. 6I, however, device 600 displays avatar creation prompt646 extending from avatar creation icon 648 to prompt the user to selectavatar creation icon 648, which causes device 600 to initiate a processfor creating a new customizable avatar that can be subsequently added toavatar option region 638 and, optionally, used in messaging userinterface 603. The displayed combination of avatar creation prompt 646and avatar creation icon 648 (having a “+” shape in FIG. 6I) inform theuser that selecting avatar creation icon 648 allows the user to create acustomized avatar that can be added to expanded avatar selectioninterface 634 and library interface 686 in FIG. 6U.

In some embodiments, avatar creation prompt 646 appears after a slightdelay and displays an animation of various example customizable avatarsappearing and, for example, changing facial expressions. For example, inFIG. 6I, avatar creation prompt 646 shows example customizable avatar646 a having an appearance of a man wearing a hat and glasses and havinga slight smiling facial expression. In FIG. 6J, avatar creation prompt646 transitions to show example customizable avatar 646 b having anappearance of a woman with dark hair parted in the middle and having afull smiling facial expression.

In some embodiments, device 600 displays new customizable avatars, suchas those created after selecting avatar creation icon 648, appearing inavatar option region 638 at an end of the set of avatar options 640, butnot between any two non-customizable avatars. For example, all newlycreated customizable avatars can be displayed at the back end of the setof avatars (e.g., after unicorn avatar option 640 b, but not betweenunicorn avatar option 640 b and chicken avatar option 640 c) or at thefront end of the set of avatars (e.g., next to avatar creation icon 648or between avatar creation icon 648 and monkey avatar option 640 a).Thus, all customizable avatars are displayed grouped together andseparate (e.g., segregated or set apart) from non-customizable avatars.This separation of customizable and non-customizable avatars ismaintained in the various user interfaces described with respect toFIGS. 6A-6AN.

In FIG. 6J, device 600 detects input 650 (e.g., a tap gesture on display601) at a location corresponding to avatar creation icon 648.

In FIG. 6K, in response to detecting input 650, device 600 displaysavatar editing user interface 652 having cancel affordance 654 and doneaffordance 666. Avatar editing user interface 652 is similar to avatarediting user interface 801 shown in FIG. 8A. Avatar editing userinterface 652 can be used to create a customizable avatar in accordancewith the disclosure provided below for FIGS. 8A-8CF. For the sake ofbrevity, details regarding creating and editing an avatar are notrepeated here, but can be found in the disclosure below (e.g., FIGS. 8Ato 8CE and related disclosure).

After a user has customized an avatar in avatar editing user interface652, the user can select done affordance 652 to save the avatar as a newcustomized avatar (shown as customizable woman avatar 670 in FIG. 6L).In response to detecting the selection of done affordance 652, device600 saves the new customized avatar and displays messaging userinterface 603 having condensed avatar selection interface 668, as shownin FIG. 6L. Alternatively, the user can select cancel affordance 654 todiscard the new customized avatar and return to expanded avatarselection interface 634 shown in FIG. 6H. After device 600 saves the newcustomized avatar, it can be viewed in expanded avatar selectioninterface 634 by returning to expanded avatar selection interface 634 asdiscussed below. Because the new customized avatar is a customizableavatar, rather than a non-customizable avatar, when viewing the newcustomized avatar in expanded avatar selection interface 634, it will belocated separate from the non-customizable avatars (e.g., located at anend of the set of avatar options 640, but not between any twonon-customizable avatars) and grouped with other customizable avatars.

In FIG. 6L, device 600 displays condensed avatar selection interface668, which provides a close-up view of the avatar options shown inexpanded avatar selection interface 634 (e.g., avatar options 640).Condensed avatar selection interface 668 contains a scrollable listingof avatars 675 (corresponding to avatar options 640) available for userselection. Device 600 displays a currently selected avatar (e.g., womanavatar 670 in FIG. 6L) at a center position in condensed avatarselection interface 668. When the currently selected avatar is acustomizable avatar (e.g., woman avatar 670), device 600 also displaysoption affordance 674, which can be selected to display an option menu(discussed below with respect to FIG. 6W). Different avatars can beselected in condensed avatar selection interface 668 by positioning themin the center position as discussed in greater detail below.

In FIG. 6L, condensed avatar selection interface 668 is displayed inmessaging user interface 603 at a location that was previously occupiedby text-suggestion region 614 and keyboard display region 612.Application dock 618 is optionally displayed under condensed avatarselection interface 668 showing selected application affordance 620 aindicated by border 672. By displaying condensed avatar selectioninterface 668 in the messaging user interface 603, device 600 providesconvenient access for a user to select an avatar for sending to aparticipant in the message conversation (e.g., as a sticker, image of anavatar, or recording of an avatar).

Device 600 groups displayed customized and non-customized avatars bytype and arranges the groupings in series such that scrolling in onedirection provides access to avatars of one type (e.g., non-customizedavatars), and scrolling in the opposite direction, provides access toavatars of a different type (e.g., customizable avatars).

Device 600 displays customizable woman avatar 670 in the center ofcondensed avatar selection region 668 and at a border region betweencustomizable and non-customizable avatars (e.g., having customizableavatars on one side of woman avatar 670 and non-customizable avatars onthe other side of woman avatar 670—see also FIGS. 6AE-6AG). Thus,scrolling the displayed listing of avatars 675 in one direction displaysnon-customizable avatars, and scrolling in the opposite directiondisplays customizable avatars. In some embodiments, the listing ofavatars 675 can be scrolled to display avatar creation affordance 669(similar in function to avatar creation icon 648), positioned at an endof the customizable avatars opposite the non-customizable avatars suchthat avatar creation affordance 669 is positioned at one end of thegrouping of customizable avatars, and the grouping of non-customizableavatars is positioned at the opposite end of the grouping ofcustomizable avatars. In such embodiments, avatar creation affordance669 can be selected to create a new customizable avatar in a mannersimilar to that discussed above with respect to FIGS. 6I-6K.

As shown in FIGS. 6M-6R, device 600 modifies avatars displayed incondensed avatar selection interface 668 (e.g., customizable womanavatar 670) in response to detected changes in a face. For reference,FIGS. 6M-6R include a representation of a face 673 detected in a fieldof view of a camera (e.g., 602). FIGS. 6M-6R show modifications to adisplayed avatar (e.g., customizable avatar 670 and non-customizableavatar 671) in response to detected changes in face 673. In someembodiments, the view of face 673 in FIGS. 6M-6R is shown from aperspective of the device, which is positioned facing face 673. Thus,corresponding changes to the displayed avatar are shown in FIGS. 6M-6Rmirrored with respect to the movements of face 673.

In FIG. 6M, device 600 detects face 673 tilted and making a frowningexpression with lips 673-1 turned downward, eyebrows 673-2 furrowed, andeyes 673-3 slightly squinting. In response, device 600 modifies thedisplayed avatar, customizable avatar 670, to have the same facialexpression (e.g., head tilted with frowning expression).

In FIGS. 6M-6O, device 600 detects horizontal gesture 676 (e.g., a swipeor touch-and-drag input on display 601) starting on a right side of thelisting of avatars 675, and moving to the left towards the left side ofthe listing of avatars 675. In response to detecting horizontal gesture676, device 600 displays the listing of avatars 675 scrolling to theleft, based on the magnitude (and direction) of horizontal gesture 676,such that customizable woman avatar 670 is scrolled to the left, andnon-customizable monkey avatar 671 is scrolled to the center of thecondensed avatar selection interface 668.

As woman avatar 670 is scrolled from the center position in FIG. 6M to aleftward-shifted position in FIG. 6O, device 600 displays an animationof woman avatar 670 transitioning from the 3D, face tracking state inFIG. 6M (with avatar 670 having a pose matching the pose of face 673) toa static state in FIG. 6O (with avatar 670 having a default pose that isnot determined based on the pose of face 673). When displaying theanimated transition, device 600 stops modifying woman avatar 670 basedon face 673 (although face 673 can still optionally be tracked by device600). For example, face 673 still has the frowning pose in FIGS. 6N and6O, but now without the head tilt, whereas woman avatar 670 has adifferent pose than face 673 in both FIGS. 6N and 6O.

FIG. 6N shows an intermediate state of the animation of avatar 670moving from the face tracking state in FIG. 6M, to the static positionin FIG. 6O. In FIG. 6N, device 600 is not modifying woman avatar 670based on the detected face 673, and is instead showing woman avatar 670transitioning from the frown in FIG. 6M to the static smiling pose inFIG. 6O. Specifically, FIG. 6N shows the woman avatar's head is moved toan upright position, her mouth is in a position between a frown and asmile (e.g., between the mouth position of the detected face and themouth position of the static avatar), and she is not furrowing hereyebrows.

FIG. 6N also shows monkey avatar 671 in a slightly off-center positionas monkey avatar 671 is moving from the right-shifted position in FIG.6M to the center position in FIG. 6O. Monkey avatar 671 has a staticsmiling pose in FIGS. 6M-6O.

In FIG. 6O, woman avatar 670 is completely shifted to the left positionwith the static smiling pose, and monkey avatar 671 is in the centerposition. Device 600 is not yet modifying monkey avatar 671 based ondetected face 673. In some embodiments, device 600 produces a hapticfeedback (e.g., a tactile output) and, optionally, an audio output toindicate when scrolling avatars 675 are positioned in the center ofcondensed avatar selection interface 668. This haptic feedback informs auser that an avatar is positioned such that releasing horizontal gesture676 causes device 600 to select that avatar.

After the monkey appears in the center of the screen in FIG. 6O, device600 detects termination of input 676 and resumes modifying the centeredavatar (e.g., monkey avatar 671) based on detected face 673 in FIG. 6P.Thus, in FIG. 6P, monkey avatar 671 assumes the frowning pose of face673 (e.g., device 600 modifies monkey avatar 671 to transition from thestatic pose to the pose of face 673).

In some embodiments, as a user scrolls through the listing of avatars675, as each avatar stops in the center position of the condensed avatarselection interface 668, device 600 modifies the avatar to assume thepose (e.g., position and facial expression) of face 673. Thus, a usercan hold a particular facial expression, and device 600 will modify thecenter avatar to match the facial expression. As the user holds thefacial expression and swipes to a different avatar, device 600 displaysan animation of the currently selected avatar transitioning from theheld facial expression of the user's face to a static, default pose,while the next avatar is scrolled to the center position. Device 600then displays the next avatar transitioning from its static pose to theuser's held facial expression. In some embodiments, device 600 does notbegin to modify an avatar positioned in the center of condensed avatarselection interface 668 (either in response to a detected face or as ananimated transition from a tracked face to a static pose), until afterthe avatar pauses in the centered position. Thus, as a user quicklyscrolls through the listing of avatars 675 (e.g., scrolling the avatarswithout stopping on an avatar), device 600 does not animate or modifythe avatars, based on a detected face, as they are scrolling.

Because monkey avatar 671 is a non-customizable avatar selected in FIG.6P, device 600 does not display option affordance 674. Becausecustomizable avatars and non-customizable avatars are grouped aspreviously discussed, continued scrolling in the left direction causesdevice 600 to display additional non-customizable avatars (e.g., such asrobot avatar 678), but not customizable avatars. Customizable avatarscan be displayed by scrolling in the right direction, as discussed belowwith respect to FIGS. 6Q and 6R.

In FIGS. 6Q and 6R, device 600 detects horizontal gesture 680 (e.g., aswipe or touch-and-drag input on display 601) moving to the righttowards the right side of the listing of avatars 675. In response todetecting horizontal gesture 680, device 600 displays the listing ofavatars 675 scrolling to the right, based on the magnitude (anddirection) of horizontal gesture 680, such that non-customizable robotavatar 678 is scrolled off display 601, monkey avatar 671 is scrolled tothe right-shifted position, and customizable woman avatar 670 isscrolled to the center of the display. Because customizable avatars andnon-customizable avatars are grouped as previously discussed, continuedscrolling in the right direction causes device 600 to display additionalcustomizable avatars (or, optionally, avatar creation affordance 669)but not non-customizable avatars. Non-customizable avatars can bedisplayed by scrolling in the left direction, as previously discussed.

FIGS. 6Q and 6R also illustrate scrolling the avatars with an animatedtransition similar to that described above with respect to FIGS. 6M-6P,but moving in the opposite direction. In FIGS. 6Q and 6R, as the avatarsshift to the right, device 600 animates the transition of monkey avatar671 from the face tracking state in FIG. 6P, to the static state shownin FIG. 6R, with a transitional appearance shown in FIG. 6Q. Forexample, in FIG. 6P, device 600 is modifying monkey avatar 671 based onface 673 (e.g., monkey avatar 671 has a pose matching that of face 673).As shown in FIGS. 6Q and 6R, device 600 stops modifying monkey avatar671 based on face 673 (e.g., face 673 maintains the frowning expression,but monkey avatar 671 has a different pose), and displays an animatedtransition of monkey avatar 671 moving from the pose of FIG. 6P to thestatic appearance in FIG. 6R. FIG. 6Q shows an intermediate state of theanimated transition with monkey avatar 671 having its mouth in aposition between a frown and a smile, and its eyebrows in a non-furrowedposition. Woman avatar 670 is shifted slightly to the right, moving tothe center position, while maintaining the static, default smiling pose.

In FIG. 6R, the woman avatar 670 is positioned in the center ofcondensed avatar selection interface 668 with the static, smiling pose.Monkey avatar 671 is in the right-shifted position with the static pose(the static pose for monkey avatar 671 is also a smiling pose similar tothe static pose for woman avatar 670, but the static poses can bedifferent for each avatar). Face 673 is transitioned to a neutral pose(e.g., a slight smile with no furrow of the eyebrows). In FIG. 6R,device 600 is not modifying woman avatar 670 based on detected face 673.

In FIG. 6S, device 600 displays customizable woman avatar 670 selectedby being positioned in the center of condensed avatar selectioninterface 668. Again, because woman avatar 670 is a customizable avatar,device 600 displays option affordance 674. Device 600 also displays editaffordance 682, which can be selected to access a library of avatars. Insome embodiments, device 600 displays edit affordance 682 regardless ofwhether the displayed avatar is customizable or non-customizable.

In FIG. 6T, device 600 detects input 684 (e.g., a tap gesture on device601) on edit affordance 682. In response to detecting input 684, device600 displays library interface 686 shown in FIG. 6U.

In FIG. 6U, device 600 displays library interface 686 in response todetecting a user input on an edit affordance (e.g., edit affordance682). In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6U, device 600 shows libraryinterface 686 having woman avatar option 670 a and new customized manavatar option 688 a. Woman avatar option 670 a corresponds to womanavatar 670, and man avatar option 688 a corresponds to man avatar 688(shown in FIG. 6AE). In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6U,customized man avatar option 688 a is a customizable avatar option thatcorresponds to a customizable man avatar (e.g., 688) that was created inaccordance with the steps discussed above for FIGS. 6I-6K. For the sakeof brevity, these steps are not repeated here. Device 600 displays manavatar option 668 a and woman avatar option 670 a (customizable avataroptions) grouped together and set apart from non-customizable avataroptions.

In FIG. 6V, device 600 detects input 690 (e.g., a touch input on display601) for selecting woman avatar option 670 a.

In FIG. 6W, in response to detecting input 690 to select woman avataroption 670 a, device 600 displays option menu 692. Device 600 displaysoption menu 692 having the avatar (e.g., woman avatar 670) correspondingto the avatar option selected from library interface 686 (e.g., womanavatar option 670 a) and edit option 692 a, duplicate option 692 b, anddelete option 692 c. Each of the edit, duplicate, and delete options areselectable to initiate a respective process for editing, duplicating, ordeleting the avatar option (and the corresponding avatar) selected inlibrary interface 686. In some embodiments, device 600 modifies theavatar displayed in option menu 692 in accordance with the face trackingfeature discussed herein.

In FIG. 6X, device 600 detects input 693 a (e.g., a touch input ondisplay 601) on edit option 692 a. In response to detecting input 693 a,device 600 displays avatar editing user interface 694 (shown in FIG.6Z), which is similar to avatar editing user interface 652 (but showingselected avatar 670, or a duplicate of selected avatar 670, instead of adefault new avatar).

In FIG. 6Y, device 600 detects input 693 b (e.g., a touch input ondisplay 601) on duplicate option 692 b. In response to detecting input693 b, device 600 creates a duplicate version of the avatar optionselected in library interface 686 (e.g., a duplicate of woman avatar 670a) and a duplicate version of the corresponding avatar (e.g., womanavatar 670). Device 600 displays avatar editing user interface 694(shown in FIG. 6Z) having the duplicated avatar.

In FIG. 6Z, device 600 shows avatar editing user interface 694 inresponse to detecting input 693 a or 693 b. When device 600 detectsinput 693 a on edit option 692 a, device 600 shows avatar editing userinterface 694 displaying the avatar corresponding to the avatar optionselected in library interface 686 (e.g., avatar 670). However, whendevice 600 detects input 693 b on duplicate option 692 b, device 600creates a duplicate of the selected avatar (e.g., a duplicate of womanavatar 670) and displays the duplicate avatar in avatar editing userinterface 694. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6Z, device 600 isdisplaying duplicate avatar 695. In some embodiments, in response todetecting input 693 a, device displays library interface 686 with aduplicate avatar option, rather than displaying the avatar editing userinterface.

Avatar editing user interface 694 is similar to the avatar editing userinterface described below with reference to FIGS. 8A-8CF. For brevity,details for editing an avatar using avatar editing user interface 694are not repeated.

In FIG. 6AA, device 600 displays library interface 686 having duplicateavatar option 695 a corresponding to duplicate avatar 695 (shownmodified based on selecting different avatar features using avatarediting user interface 694). After saving the modified duplicate avatar695 (e.g., detecting selection of “done” in avatar editing userinterface 694), device 600 displays the duplicate avatar option 695 a ina location next to the selected avatar option from which the duplicatewas created (e.g., next to avatar option 670 a).

FIG. 6AB shows option menu 692 after avatar option 670 a is selected inFIG. 6V. In response to detecting input 693 c on delete option 692 c,device deletes selected avatar option 670 a from library interface 686.In such cases, device 600 removes avatar option 670 a from libraryinterface as shown, for example, in FIG. 6AC. If, however, device 600does not detect any of inputs 693 a-693 c, and instead detects selectionof cancel affordance 696, option menu 692 is closed, and device 600displays library interface 686 having man avatar option 688 a and womanavatar option 670 a, as shown in FIG. 6AD (similar to the state oflibrary interface 686 shown in FIG. 6U).

In FIG. 6AD, device 600 detects input 697 (e.g., a touch gesture ondisplay 601) on done affordance 698 and, in response, exits libraryinterface 686 and displays condensed avatar selection interface 668, asshown in FIG. 6AE. Condensed avatar selection interface 668 includes manavatar 688, woman avatar 670, and non-customizable avatar 645.

In FIG. 6AE, there are three distinct gestures represented on condensedavatar selection interface 668. As discussed below, when device 600detects a gesture in a particular direction (e.g., left or right),device 600 replaces the displayed avatar (e.g., customizable womanavatar 670) with an avatar of a particular type determined by thedirection of the gesture. For example, if the gesture is in a leftwarddirection, the displayed avatar is replaced with an avatar of a firsttype (e.g., a non-customizable avatar, or an avatar modeled to representa non-human character). Conversely, if the gesture is in a rightwarddirection, the displayed avatar is replaced with an avatar of a secondtype (e.g., a customizable avatar, or an avatar modeled to represent ahuman).

For example, in FIG. 6AE, when device 600 detects left horizontalgesture 699 a (e.g., a swipe or touch-and-drag gesture in a leftwarddirection on display 601), device 600 displays the embodimentillustrated in FIG. 6AF, which shows customizable woman avatar 670 movedto the left (out of the center (e.g., a position indicating woman avatar670 is not selected) of condensed avatar selection interface 668), andnon-customizable monkey avatar 645 positioned in the center (e.g., aposition indicating monkey avatar 645 is selected) of condensed avatarselection interface 668. Thus, in response to detecting left horizontalgesture 699 a, device 600 displays a selection of a non-customizableavatar. In some embodiments, the left horizontal gesture 699 a causesdevice 600 to scroll condensed avatar selection interface 668 such thatcustomizable woman avatar 670 is moved entirely off-screen, and only oneor more non-customizable avatars are displayed (e.g., similar to theembodiment shown in FIG. 6O).

When device 600 detects right horizontal gesture 699 b (e.g., a swipe ortouch-and-drag gesture in a rightward direction on display 601), device600 displays the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 6AG, which showscustomizable woman avatar 670 moved to the right (out of the center(e.g., a position indicating woman avatar 670 is not selected) ofcondensed avatar selection interface 668), and customizable man avatar688 positioned in the center (e.g., a position indicating man avatar 688is selected) of condensed avatar selection interface 668 and,optionally, showing avatar creation affordance 669. Thus, in response todetecting right horizontal gesture 699 b, device 600 displays aselection of a customizable avatar, with no displayed non-customizableavatars.

In some embodiments, device 600 can display a scenario in which theoriginally selected avatar (at the center position of condensed avatarselection interface 668) is a non-customizable avatar and, in responseto detecting a horizontal gesture, display condensed avatar selectioninterface 668 scrolling such that the non-customizable avatar is movedentirely off-screen, and showing only one or more customizable avatarsin condensed avatar selection region 668.

When device 600 detects vertical gesture 699 c (e.g., a vertical swipeor a vertical touch-and-drag gesture on display 601) in an upwarddirection, device 600 expands condensed avatar selection interface 668to show expanded avatar selection interface 634 in FIG. 6AH.

In FIG. 6AH, device 600 displays expanded avatar selection interface 634having custom man avatar option 688 a and custom woman avatar option 670a in avatar option region 638. Woman avatar option 670 a is selected andwoman avatar option 670 is displayed in avatar display region 636.Device 600 also displays option affordance 674 in avatar display region638. Device 600 also displays capture affordance 644, which can beselected to record avatar 670 (e.g., while being modified based ondetected changes in a user's face).

In FIGS. 6AI-6AJ, device 600 detects scroll gesture 6100 (e.g., avertical swipe or tap-and-drag gesture on display 601), on avatar optionregion 638. In respond to detecting scroll gesture 6100, device 600scrolls the display of the avatar options shown in avatar option region638.

In FIG. 6AK, device 600 detects input 6102 (e.g., a tap gesture ondisplay 601) on option affordance 674. In response to detecting input6102, in FIG. 6AL, device 600 replaces the displayed avatar optionregion 638 with option menu region 6104, including edit, duplicate, anddelete options similar to the respective edit, duplicate, and deleteoptions (e.g., 692 a, 962 b, 962 c) discussed above. Device 600 alsodisplays a cancel affordance 6106. In response to detecting input 6108(e.g., a tap gesture on display 601) on cancel affordance 6106, device600 removes option menu region 6104 and again displays avatar optionregion 638 as shown in FIG. 6AM.

In some embodiments, device 600 changes the avatar displayed in avatardisplay region 636 in response to a selection of a different avataroption. For example, in FIG. 6AM, device 600 detects input 6110 (e.g., atap gesture on display 601) on poop avatar option 6112 a. In response,device 600 removes avatar 670, and displays poop avatar 6112, as shownin FIG. 6AN. In addition, device 600 removed edit affordance 674 becausethe selected avatar option (e.g., 6112 a) corresponds to anon-customizable avatar (e.g., poop avatar 6112).

FIG. 7 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for navigating amongavatars in an application using an electronic device (e.g., 600) inaccordance with some embodiments. Method 700 is performed at a device(e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with a display apparatus and one or moreinput devices. Some operations in method 700 are, optionally, combined,the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and someoperations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 700 provides an intuitive way for navigatingamong avatars in an application. The method reduces the cognitive burdenon a user for managing avatars, thereby creating a more efficienthuman-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,enabling a user to navigate among avatars in an application faster andmore efficiently conserves power and increases the time between batterycharges.

The electronic device displays (702), via the display apparatus, anavatar navigation user interface (e.g., 668). The avatar navigation userinterface includes an avatar (e.g., 670).

While the avatar navigation user interface (e.g., 668) is displayed, theelectronic device detects (704) a gesture (e.g., 699 a, 699 b), via theone or more input devices (e.g., a swipe gesture on a touch screendisplay at a location that corresponds to the avatar navigation userinterface), directed to the avatar navigation user interface (e.g.,668).

In response (706) to detecting the gesture (e.g., 699 a, 699 b), inaccordance with a determination (708) that the gesture is in a firstdirection (e.g., a horizontal swipe gesture in a rightward direction),the electronic device displays (710) an avatar of a first type (e.g.,670, 688, avatars modeled to represent humans, rather than non-humancharacters, or avatars that are configurable or can be created from anavatar prototype or template) in the avatar navigation user interface(e.g., 668). Displaying an avatar of the first type provides visualfeedback to the user confirming that the input has been received andthat the device is now in a state where the avatar of the first type canbe selected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In response (706) to detecting the gesture (e.g., 699 a), in accordancewith a determination (714) that the gesture (e.g., 699 a) is in a seconddirection opposite the first direction (e.g., a horizontal swipe gesturein a leftward direction), the electronic device displays (716) an avatarof a second type (e.g., 645) different from the first type (e.g., 670,688) in the avatar navigation user interface (e.g., avatars modeled torepresent non-human characters, or avatars that are selectable, but notconfigurable). Displaying an avatar of the second type provides visualfeedback to the user confirming that the input has been received andthat the device is now in a state where the avatar of the second typecan be selected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, further in accordance with thedetermination (708) that the gesture is in the first direction, theelectronic device foregoes (712) displaying the avatar of the secondtype (e.g., 645) in the avatar navigation user interface (e.g., 668).Further in accordance with the determination (714) that the gesture isin the second direction opposite the first direction, the electronicdevice foregoes (718) displaying the avatar of the first type (e.g.,670, 688) in the avatar navigation user interface (e.g., 668). By notdisplaying avatars of particular types, the electronic device providesvisual feedback to the user confirming that the input has been receivedand that the device is not in a state where the avatar of thatparticular type can be selected. Providing improved visual feedback tothe user enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, after displaying the avatar of thefirst type (e.g., 670), the electronic device detects a second gesture(e.g., 699 b) in the first direction. In response to detecting thesecond gesture, the electronic device displays a second avatar of thefirst type (e.g., 688).

In accordance with some embodiments, after displaying the avatar of thesecond type (e.g., 645), the electronic device detects a third gesturein the second direction. In response to detecting the third gesture, theelectronic device displays a second avatar of the second type (e.g.,678).

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar of the first type (e.g.,avatar 670) has an appearance of a human character (e.g., an avatarmodeled to represent a human, rather than a non-human character.). Insome embodiments, such avatars include customizable (e.g., selectable orconfigurable) avatar features (e.g., head, hair, eyes, and lips as seenin FIGS. 8A to 8BB) that generally correspond to physical traits of ahuman. For example, such an avatar may include a representation of aperson having various physical, human features or characteristics (e.g.,an older woman with a dark skin tone and having long, straight, brownhair). Such an avatar would also include a representation of a personhaving various non-human characteristics that are typically associatedwith an appearance of a human (e.g., cosmetic enhancements, hats,glasses, etc.) (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8BB to 8CF). In someembodiments, such an avatar would not include an anthropomorphicconstruct such as a stylized animal, a stylized robot, or a stylizationof a normally inanimate or normally inhuman object. The appearance ofthe avatar provides feedback to the user indicating the types ofcharacteristics of the avatar that can be customized. Providing improvedvisual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar of the second type(e.g., avatar 645; avatars corresponding to avatar options shown in FIG.6G) has an appearance of a non-human character (e.g., an avatar modeledto represent a non-human character, including, for example, a non-humancharacter that is an anthropomorphic construct (e.g., a stylized animal,a stylized robot, or a stylization of a normally inanimate or normallynonhuman object)). The appearance of the avatar provides feedback to theuser indicating the types of characteristics of the avatar that can becustomized. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar of the first type (e.g.,670) includes a plurality of avatar features (e.g., 851, 828) that areconfigurable (e.g., creatable, selectable, customizable) by a user. Insome embodiments, such an avatar can be created by a user or can bepreconfigured with multiple features that can be configured by the user.In some embodiments, configuration of the avatar features results in asignificant change in the physical appearance or physical constructionof the virtual avatar.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar of the second type(e.g., 645) does not include user configurable (e.g., creatable,selectable, customizable) avatar features. In some embodiments, such anavatar is preconfigured and does not have features that can beconfigured by a user. In some instances, such an avatar may be slightlyaltered (e.g., changing a color of the avatar or changing a size of theavatar), but such changes do not significantly alter the physicalappearance or physical construction of the virtual avatar.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar navigation userinterface includes a subregion (e.g., 686) having a plurality ofavatars. The plurality of avatars includes a first set of avatars of thefirst type (e.g., 670 a, 688 a, 670 a) and a second set of avatars ofthe second type (e.g., 640 a). The first set of avatars of the firsttype are separated (e.g., set apart) from the second set of avatars ofthe second type. In some embodiments, the avatars of the first type areseparated from the avatars from the second type so that when the avatarnavigation user interface is displayed, and the electronic devicedetects a user gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture), the device displays orselects, in the avatar navigation user interface, an avatar of the firsttype when the gesture is in a first direction, or displays an avatar ofthe second type when the gesture is in a second direction opposite thefirst direction. In some embodiments, this allows the user toimmediately select an avatar of a first or second type, without havingto scroll thorough multiple avatars of the same type to get to an avatarof a different type. Providing visual separation of the avatars of thevarious types provides feedback to the user indicating that multipletypes of avatars are displayed (and available to be customized) andinforms the user as to the types of characteristics of the avatars thatcan be customized. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar (e.g., 670) is aselected one of the plurality of avatars displayed at a location (e.g.,a border region (e.g., 675)) between one or more of the first set ofavatars of the first type and one or more of the second set of avatarsof the second type (e.g., the avatar initially displayed in the avatarnavigation user interface is positioned between a group of avatars ofthe first type and a group of avatars of the second type).

In accordance with some embodiments, the first set of avatars of thefirst type includes the selected one of the plurality of avatars. Inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is in the firstdirection, the electronic device replaces the selected one of theplurality of avatars with a different avatar of the first type (e.g.,the selected avatar (e.g., 670) is replaced with a different one of theavatars of the first type (e.g., 688) from the first set of avatars ofthe first type). In accordance with a determination that the gesture isin the second direction, the electronic device replaces the selected oneof the plurality of avatars with an avatar of the second type (e.g., theselected avatar (e.g., 670) is replaced with one of the avatars of thesecond type (e.g., 645) from the second set of avatars of the secondtype).

In accordance with some embodiments, the second set of avatars of thesecond type includes the selected one of the plurality of avatars. Inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is in the firstdirection, the electronic device replaces the selected one of theplurality of avatars with an avatar of the first type (e.g., theselected avatar (e.g., 645) is replaced with one of the avatars of thefirst type (e.g., 670) from the first set of avatars of the first type).In accordance with a determination that the gesture is in the seconddirection, the electronic device replaces the selected one of theplurality of avatars with a different avatar of the second type (e.g.,the selected avatar (e.g., 645) is replaced with a different one (e.g.,678) of the avatars of the second type from the second set of avatars ofthe second type).

Displaying avatars of particular types provides visual feedback to theuser confirming that input has been received and that the device is nowin a state where the avatar of the particular type can be selected. Byreplacing avatars, the electronic device provides visual feedback thatthe device is in a state in which the replaced avatar can no longer beselected by the user. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar navigation userinterface includes a first affordance (e.g., 682) (e.g., a selectable,displayed avatar or an “edit” affordance (that is not an avatar)). Whilethe avatar navigation user interface is displayed, the electronic devicedetects, via the one or more input devices, a gesture directed to thefirst affordance (e.g., a touch gesture on a touch screen display at alocation that corresponds to the “edit” affordance or the displayedavatar or a swipe gesture in a third direction that is different fromthe first direction such as a swipe up gesture). In response todetecting the gesture directed to the first affordance, the electronicdevice displays an avatar library user interface (e.g., 686). The avatarlibrary user interface includes a second affordance (e.g., 648) (e.g.,“new avatar” or “plus” affordance) and one or more avatars of the firsttype.

In accordance with some embodiments, while the avatar library userinterface is displayed, the electronic device detects, via the one ormore input devices, a gesture directed to the second affordance (e.g.,648) (e.g., a touch gesture on a touch screen display at a location thatcorresponds to the “new avatar” affordance). In response to detectingthe gesture directed to the second affordance, the electronic devicedisplays an avatar editing user interface (e.g., 652). The avatarediting user interface is a user interface for generating (e.g., editinga new avatar to be added to the avatar library user interface) a newavatar of the first type. In some embodiments, the electronic devicedisplays the avatar editing user interface and receives user input tocreate a new avatar of the first type. Once the new avatar of the firsttype is created, the device displays the new avatar of the first type inthe avatar library user interface. For example, the new avatar of thefirst type is added to the end of the displayed avatars of the firsttype in the avatar library.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device generates thenew avatar of the first type and displays the new avatar in the avatarlibrary user interface (e.g., 686). The new avatar is displayed at aposition following a last one of the one or more avatars of the firsttype (e.g., at a last location in an order of the one or more avatars ofthe first type).

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar navigation userinterface further includes an affordance (e.g., a “delete” affordance)(e.g., 692 c) associated with a function for removing (e.g., deleting orhiding) the avatar from the displayed avatar navigation user interface.The electronic device detects, via the one or more input devices, agesture directed to the affordance associated with the function (e.g., atouch gesture on a touch screen display at a location that correspondsto the “delete” affordance). In response to detecting the gesturedirected to the affordance associated with the function, the electronicdevice removes (e.g., deleting or hiding) the avatar from the displayedavatar navigation user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar navigation userinterface is displayed in a messaging user interface (e.g., 603) (e.g.,an interface for sending messages between participants of a conversationhosted by a communication platform). In some embodiments, an avatar canbe accessed from the avatar navigation user interface displayed as aportion of the messaging user interface, such that an avatar selectedfrom the avatar navigation user interface is displayed in the messaginguser interface for sending to a participant in a conversation.

Displaying the avatar navigation user interface in a messaging userinterface enables the user to navigate among avatars without leaving themessaging user interface, thus avoiding the need to provide user inputto switch between applications of the electronic device. Reducing thenumber of required user inputs enhances the operability of the deviceand makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a determinationthat the avatar navigation user interface does not include an avatar ofthe first type, the electronic device displays an avatar initiation userinterface (e.g., 626) (e.g., the avatar splash screen) having anaffordance (e.g., 632) (e.g., a “continue” affordance) associated withgenerating a new avatar of the first type. While the avatar initiationuser interface is displayed, the electronic device detects a gesture(e.g., 630) (e.g., a touch gesture on a touch screen display at alocation that corresponds to the “continue” affordance) directed to theaffordance associated with generating a new avatar of the first type. Inresponse to detecting the gesture directed to the affordance associatedwith generating a new avatar of the first type, the electronic devicedisplays an avatar editing user interface (e.g., 652, 801). The avatarediting user interface is a user interface for generating (e.g., editinga new avatar to be added to the avatar library user interface) a newavatar of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a determinationthat the avatar navigation user interface includes an avatar of thefirst type, the electronic device displays the avatar of the first typeand an affordance (e.g., 682) (e.g., “edit” affordance) associated withmanaging one or more features of the displayed avatar of the first type(e.g., 670). In some embodiments, when one or more avatars of the firsttype have been created, the avatar navigation user interface displaysone of the avatars of the first type and an affordance (e.g., an “edit”affordance). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selectionof the affordance, the electronic device displays the avatar libraryuser interface (e.g., 686), which includes a representation of theavatar of the first type (e.g., 670) and other avatars of the first type(e.g., 688). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays theavatar library user interface in response to detecting selection of thedisplayed avatar of the first type. In some embodiments, in response todetecting a selection of the affordance or the displayed avatar of thefirst type, the electronic device displays the avatar editing userinterface (e.g., 652, 801), which provides a user interface for editingthe avatar of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, displaying the avatar of the firsttype includes displaying the avatar of the first type transitioning froma non-interactive state (e.g., 670 in FIG. 6L) (e.g., the avatar of thefirst type has a static, predetermined appearance that is not reactiveto changes in a user's face) to an interactive state (e.g., 670 in FIG.6M) (e.g., the avatar of the first type has a dynamic appearance that isreactive to changes in a user's face). In accordance with someembodiments, displaying the avatar of the second type includesdisplaying the avatar of the second type (e.g., 678) transitioning froma non-interactive state (e.g., 678 in FIG. 6O) (e.g., the avatar of thesecond type has a static, predetermined appearance that is not reactiveto changes in a user's face) to an interactive state (e.g., 678 in FIG.6P) (e.g., the avatar of the second type has a dynamic appearance thatis reactive to changes in a user's face).

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device displays, viathe display apparatus, an avatar library user interface (e.g., 686)including one or more saved (e.g., previously created) avatars of thefirst type (e.g., 688, 670). The electronic device detects selection of(e.g., detecting a gesture directed to) one of the saved avatars of thefirst type (e.g., a touch gesture on a touch screen display at alocation that corresponds to the saved avatar of the first type). Inresponse to detecting selection of (e.g., detecting a gesture directedto) the one of the saved avatars of the first type, the electronicdevice displays a menu (e.g., 692) having one or more menu affordances(e.g., an “edit” affordance 692 a, a “duplicate” affordance 692 b, or a“delete” affordance 692 c) associated with one of an edit function, aduplicate function, and a delete function for the one of the savedavatars of the first type.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device detectsselection of (e.g., detecting a gesture directed to) a first affordance(e.g., 692 b) associated with the duplicate function (e.g., a touchgesture on a touch screen display at a location that corresponds to the“duplicate” affordance). In response to detecting selection of the firstaffordance, the electronic device generates a duplicate version (e.g.,695) of the one of the saved avatars and displaying the duplicateversion in an avatar editing user interface (e.g., 694) (e.g., afterselecting the “duplicate” affordance, the selected avatar is duplicatedand then the duplicate version of the avatar is shown in an avatarediting user interface having avatar features that match those of theselected one of the saved avatars). In some embodiments, the duplicatedavatar can be edited in the avatar editing user interface (e.g., 652,694, 801) and then saved in the library (e.g., 686) after editing. Insome embodiments, after the duplicate avatar is saved, it is displayedin the avatar library at a location adjacent the selected one of thesaved avatars (e.g., immediately adjacent the duplicated avatar, or at anext location in an order, wherein the next location in the orderimmediately proceeds the location of the duplicated avatar in the order)in the avatar library user interface.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device detectsselection of (e.g., detecting a gesture directed to) a second affordance(e.g., 692 a) associated with the edit function (e.g., a touch gestureon a touch screen display at a location that corresponds to the “edit”affordance). In response to detecting the gesture directed to the secondaffordance, the electronic device displays an avatar editing userinterface (e.g., 652, 694, 801) including the one of the saved avatars(e.g., the avatar that was selected when the edit function wasselected).

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device detectsselection of (e.g., detecting a gesture directed to) a third affordance(e.g., 692 c) associated with the delete function (e.g., a touch gestureon a touch screen display at a location that corresponds to the “delete”affordance). In response to detecting selection of (e.g., detecting agesture directed to) the third affordance, the electronic device removesthe displayed one of the saved avatars from the avatar library userinterface.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600)displays a respective avatar of the first or second type (e.g., 670,671) including displaying, via the display apparatus (e.g., 601), therespective avatar moving in a direction across the avatar navigationuser interface (e.g., 671 moving across interface 668 in FIGS. 6M-6O) inaccordance with a magnitude and direction of the detected gesture (e.g.,676). In accordance with a determination that the respective avatarreaches a first position (e.g., a first threshold position determinedbased on the magnitude and direction of the detected gesture; e.g., aposition associated with selecting the respective avatar), theelectronic device displays an animation of the respective avatartransitioning from a non-interactive state (e.g., a static state inwhich the respective avatar has a predetermined appearance that does notchange in response to detected changes in a user's face) (e.g., 671 inFIG. 6O) having a predetermined appearance to an interactive state(e.g., 671 in FIG. 6P) (e.g., a dynamic state in which the respectiveavatar changes in response to detected changes in the user's face)having an appearance determined based on a detected face (e.g., 673)(e.g., a face detected within the field of view of one or more camerasof the electronic device). In some embodiments, the animation of therespective avatar transitioning from the non-interactive state to theinteractive state includes gradually changing a facial expression,position, orientation, and/or size of the avatar from a neutral facialexpression, position, orientation, and/or size to a facial expression,position, orientation, and/or size for the avatar based on the face/headtracking of the user. The appearance of the avatar provides feedback tothe user indicating the movement of the avatar in accordance with themagnitude and direction of the user's gesture. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that therespective avatar (e.g., 671) reaches a second position (e.g., 671 inFIG. 6Q) (e.g., a second threshold position determined based on themagnitude and direction of the detected gesture; e.g., a positionassociated with swiping past the respective avatar (e.g., to select adifferent avatar)), the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays ananimation of the respective avatar transitioning from the interactivestate (e.g., 671 in FIG. 6P) having the appearance determined based onthe detected face (e.g., 673) to the non-interactive state (e.g., 671 inFIG. 6R) having the predetermined appearance. In some embodiments, theanimation of the respective avatar transitioning from the interactivestate to the non-interactive state includes gradually changing a facialexpression, position, orientation, and/or size of the avatar from thefacial expression, position, orientation, and/or size based on theface/head tracking of the user to a neutral facial expression, position,orientation, and/or size for the avatar. Displaying an animation of theavatar transitioning from an interactive state to a non-interactivestate provides visual feedback of the avatar's non-interactiveappearance. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 700 (e.g., FIG. 7) are also applicable in an analogous manner tothe methods described below. For example, method 900 optionally includesone or more of the characteristics of the various methods describedabove with reference to method 700. For example, in some embodiments,the navigation user interface invokes a process for creating or editinga customizable avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethod 900 described below with respect to FIG. 9. As additionalexamples, methods 1000, 1100, 1200, and 1400 optionally include one ormore of the characteristics of the various methods described above withreference to method 700. For example, in some embodiments, thenavigation user interface invokes a process for creating or editing acustomizable avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethods described below with respect to FIGS. 10-12. As another example,in some embodiments, the navigation user interface invokes a process formodifying a virtual avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethods described below with respect to FIGS. 14A and 14B. For brevity,these details are not repeated below.

FIGS. 8A-8CF illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying anavatar editing user interface, in accordance with some embodiments. Theuser interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processesdescribed below, including the processes in FIGS. 9-12.

In FIG. 8A, device 600 is displaying an avatar editing user interface801 having avatar display region 803 and avatar characteristics region804. Avatar display region 803 is visually distinguished from avatarcharacteristics region 804 by, for example, line 806, and includesavatar 805 and avatar feature region 807. Avatar feature region 807includes avatar feature affordances 809 that correspond to avatarfeatures that can be edited in the avatar editing user interface. Avatarcharacteristic region 804 includes displayed avatar featurecharacteristics and corresponding feature options. The avatar featurecharacteristics and feature options correspond to a currently selectedavatar feature in avatar feature region 807. In FIG. 8A, the devicedisplays avatar head affordance 809 a positioned directly below avatar805 and highlighted to indicate the avatar head feature is currentlyselected for editing. Because the avatar head feature is selected forediting, device 600 displays, in avatar characteristics region 804,avatar feature characteristics and feature options that correspond tothe avatar head feature.

The device displays avatar 805 to represent a current state of theavatar based on modifications to the avatar features that have been madewhen editing the avatar in the avatar editing user interface. In theembodiment illustrated in FIG. 8A, no avatar features have been selectedor modified, therefore, avatar 805 is displayed with several default(e.g., preset or predetermined) features. For example, avatar 805 has apredetermined facial structure (e.g., a predetermined face shape, nose,lips, eyes, ears, and eyebrows). Avatar 805 also has no selected skintone, no hair or hairstyle, no facial hair (other than eyebrows), and noaccessories. As the device receives input updating the avatar features,device 600 updates avatar 805 to reflect the selected updates to theavatar features.

In some embodiments, prior to detecting a selection or modification ofany of the avatar features, device 600 displays avatar 805 oscillatingbetween two or more colors (e.g., yellow and white), which can indicateto a user that device 600 is prepared to receive input to modify avatar805. In some embodiments, prior to detecting a selection or modificationof any of the avatar features, device 600 displays avatar 805 withouttracking the user's face (e.g., avatar 805 is displayed, but notmodified in response to changes in a user's face). In some embodiments,after detecting an input on avatar editing user interface 801 (e.g., aselection of a color option, scrolling the displayed feature options, agesture on the avatar, a gesture on an affordance (e.g., a “begin facetracking” affordance) etc.), device 600 stops oscillating the display ofavatar 805 and/or begins tracking the user's face (e.g., modifyingavatar 805 in response to detected changes in the user's face).

Avatar characteristics region 804 includes a displayed listing of avatarfeature characteristics that correspond to the currently selected avatarfeature (e.g., avatar head). Each avatar feature characteristic includesa set of selectable feature options that can be selected to modify thecorresponding characteristic of the selected avatar feature. Morespecifically, each of the selectable feature options in the set ofselectable feature options corresponds to a value for modifying thecorresponding characteristic of the selected avatar feature. The changedcharacteristic is then reflected in displayed changes to avatar 805 andother avatar feature options that include a displayed representation ofthe characteristic.

Device 600 displays avatar feature options to represent availableoptions for modifying a characteristic of a currently selected avatarfeature. The displayed avatar feature options can be dynamically updatedbased on other selected avatar feature options. The other selectedavatar feature options include different avatar feature optionscorresponding to the same currently selected avatar feature as well asselected avatar feature options corresponding to a different avatarfeature (e.g., an avatar feature that is not currently selected, such asa previously modified avatar feature). For example, changes tocharacteristics of an avatar head feature (e.g., selecting a skin tone)can be shown in the avatar feature options corresponding to the avatarhead feature (e.g., face shape feature options), and, optionally, inavatar feature options corresponding to other avatar features such as,for example, hair or eyes. In this example, in response to detectingselection of a skin tone, the device updates the currently displayedavatar feature options (e.g., face shape options) to show the selectedskin tone. Additionally, when a different avatar feature is selected(e.g., eyes), the avatar feature options displayed for the eyes alsoinclude the selected skin tone.

As shown in FIG. 8A, avatar head affordance 809 a is selected, thereforedevice 600 displays avatar feature characteristics and feature optionsthat correspond to an avatar head feature. The displayed avatar featurecharacteristics include skin tone characteristic 808, and face shapecharacteristic 810 (the avatar head feature can include other avatarfeature characteristics). Skin tone characteristic 808 includes coloroptions 812 that can be selected to modify the color of the avatar headfeature (e.g., the skin tone of avatar 805). When the device detects aselection of a specific color option 812, the device modifies the skintone color of the currently selected avatar feature (e.g., avatar headin FIG. 8A) to match the selected color. In some embodiments, selectionof a skin tone color option 812 also affects a color of another avatarfeature such as a facial hair feature (e.g., eyebrows, beard, etc.), eyecolor, or lip color. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 8A, the skin tonecharacteristic 808 includes a set of color options 808 that is expandedrelative to the initially displayed set of color options for otheravatar features (e.g., see hair color characteristic 838 in FIG. 8P). Insome embodiments, the expanded set of color options 808 is notscrollable in a horizontal direction (but can be scrollable in avertical direction) and does not include a selectable option (such ascolor picker option 886 in FIG. 8AX) for expanding the set of coloroptions. Face shape characteristic 810 includes face shape options 814,that can be selected to modify the facial shape of avatar 805.

In some embodiments, a selected feature option is indicated by adisplayed border around the selected feature option. For example, border818 displayed around face shape option 814 a indicates face shape option814 a is the currently selected avatar face shape. Accordingly, avatar805 is displayed having the same face shape (e.g., rounded chin) asselected face shape option 814 a. Conversely, no color options 812 areselected, so avatar 805 and face shape options 814 are displayed with noskin tone (e.g., a default or preselected skin tone).

In some embodiments, each of the displayed avatar featurecharacteristics are visually distinguished from other, adjacent avatarfeature characteristics. In some embodiments, the avatar featurecharacteristics are visually distinguished by a respective header of anavatar feature characteristic. For example, in FIG. 8A, skin tonecharacteristic 808 is visually distinguished from face shapecharacteristic 810 by face shape header 816. In some embodiments, theavatar feature characteristics are visually distinguished by otherindicators such as, for example, a horizontal line that extends fully orpartially across a width of display 601.

In FIG. 8B, device 600 detects selection of color option 812 a inresponse to receiving input 820 (e.g., a touch input on display 601) oncolor option 812 a.

In FIG. 8C, device 600 indicates color option 812 a is selected bydisplaying border 824 around color option 812 a. Device 600 alsomodifies avatar 805 and face shape options 814 to have a skin tonematching selected color option 812 a. In addition, device 600 displaysskin color slider 822, which can be adjusted in a manner similar to thatdiscussed below with respect to hair color slider 856 (see FIGS.8W-8AC). Color slider 822 is used to adjust a gradient of selected coloroption 812 a. In some embodiments, the gradient can represent variouscharacteristics of the selected color option (e.g., skin color option812 a) such as, for example, shading, saturation, undertone, midtones,highlights, warmth, or hue. In some embodiments, the particularcharacteristic is determined based on the selected skin tone color. Forexample, in some embodiments, if a lighter skin color is selected, thecharacteristic adjusted with the slider is a shading characteristic,whereas the characteristic adjusted with the slider is saturation when adark skin color is selected. In response to detecting adjustments to theshade of a selected color option (e.g., selected color option 812 a),device 600 modifies the skin tone of the avatar (e.g., avatar 805), anyfeature options that display a skin tone (e.g., face shape options 814),and any avatar features that are affected by the skin tone color.

In some embodiments, the selected skin tone affects a color or colorproperty (e.g., base color, hue, luminance, shading, saturation,midtone, highlight, warmth, undertone, etc.) for other avatar features(e.g., hair, lips, etc.). For example, avatar hair or facial hair (e.g.,eyebrows or a beard) may have an undertone that is determined based on aselected skin tone. For example, darker skin tones produce hair having adarker undertone (e.g., a brown or black undertone), whereas lighterskin tones produce a lighter hair undertone (e.g., a blonde or redundertone). These undertones can affect a color applied to a particularavatar feature, as discussed in greater detail below. Similarly, anavatar lip color can have an undertone that is based on the selectedskin tone. For example, the avatar lip color can have a color that isbased on the selected skin tone and, optionally, a different color suchas red or pink. In some embodiments, the different color is combinedwith the skin tone color by an amount determined based on the settingsof adjustment of color slider 822. For example, adjusting slider 822 inone direction increases the different color value comprising the avatarlip color (e.g., the amount of red or pink in the avatar lip color), andadjusting slider 822 in a different direction decreases the differentcolor value comprising the avatar lip color.

As shown in FIG. 8C, updating the skin tone of the avatar head featureincludes changing the skin tone of the avatar's nose, ears, face, andlips 828. In some embodiments, updating the skin tone of the avatar'slips 828 includes changing the skin tone of outer region 828 a of thelips, and leaving inner portion 828 b of the lips unchanged. In someembodiments, device 600 also updates the color of other avatar featuresthat are different from the avatar's skin, such as eyebrows 827, andavatar eyes 829. In some embodiments, the updated colors of the otherfeatures (e.g., eyebrows 827 and eyes 829) are based on the selectedskin tone color. For example, the updated color of eyebrows 827 areupdated to a color that is determined to be darker than the selectedskin tone color option 812 a. These updates are shown in both avatar 805and in other avatar feature options such as face shape options 814.

In FIG. 8D, device 600 detects selection of face shape option 814 b inresponse to receiving input 826 (e.g., a touch input on display 601) onface shape option 814 b. In response, device 600 removes skin colorslider 822 from avatar characteristics region 804 in FIG. 8E, andindicates the selected face shape option by moving border 818 from faceshape option 814 a to face shape option 814 b and modifies avatar 805 totransition from the rounded face shape option of 814 a to a differentface shape (e.g., pointed chin, narrow cheeks) represented in face shapeoption 814 b. Thus, avatar 805 is displayed transitioning from having arounded chin as shown in FIG. 8D to a pointed chin with narrow cheeks asshown in FIG. 8E.

In some embodiments, after a feature option is selected, device 600displays an animation to guide the user to select the next avatarfeature in avatar feature region 807. For example, in FIG. 8F, device600 highlights avatar hair affordance 809 b, prompting the user toselect avatar hair affordance 809 b to advance to the next avatarfeature for editing. In some embodiments, this animation is onlydisplayed the first time the device displays the avatar editing userinterface.

In FIG. 8G, device 600 detects selection of avatar hair affordance 809 bin response to receiving input 830 (e.g., a touch input on display 601)on avatar hair affordance 809 b. In response to detecting selection ofavatar hair affordance 809 b, device 600 updates avatar display region803 to indicate the avatar hair feature is selected and updates avatarcharacteristics region 804 to display avatar feature characteristics andfeature options corresponding to the avatar hair feature. Thistransition is shown in FIGS. 8H-8O.

In some embodiments, respective avatar feature affordances 809 can beselected by a tap gesture on the respective avatar feature affordance809 or by a swipe gesture on avatar feature region 807 (or, optionally,a swipe gesture on any location of avatar display region 803 other thanon avatar 805). In such embodiments, the swipe gesture can scroll avatarfeature region 807 horizontally to position a desired avatar featureaffordance 809 directly beneath avatar 805. In response to detectinglift-off of the touch, device 600 selects the avatar feature affordance(including highlighting the affordance) that is positioned directlybeneath avatar 805 after scrolling has finished.

As shown in FIG. 8H, device 600 updates avatar display region 803 byhighlighting avatar hair affordance 809 b and displaying avatar featureaffordances 809 shifted to the left so that avatar hair affordance 809 bis positioned directly below avatar 805. Avatar eyes affordance 809 c isshifted to the left (with respect to its position in FIG. 8G), andavatar lips affordance 809 d is now displayed at the far right edge ofdisplay 601.

Device 600 updates avatar characteristics region 804 by ceasing todisplay the avatar feature characteristics corresponding to the avatarface feature (e.g., skin tone characteristic 808 and face shapecharacteristic 810) and displaying new avatar feature characteristicsand feature options corresponding to the newly selected avatar feature.In some embodiments, such as that shown in FIGS. 8H-8O, device 600displays the new avatar feature characteristics and feature options in acascading effect whereby the avatar feature characteristicscorresponding to the avatar hair feature are displayed in avatarcharacteristics region 804 in order from side-to-side (e.g.,left-to-right) and in order from top-to-bottom (e.g., from a firstavatar feature characteristic at the top of avatar characteristicsregion 804 to a last avatar feature characteristic at the bottom ofavatar characteristics region 804).

For example, FIGS. 8H and 81 show hair color options 832 appearing ondisplay 601 with an animation of the hair color options sliding acrossdisplay 601 from left-to-right. Before all hair color options 832 arepopulated, device 600 begins to display an animation of hair textureoptions 834 appearing on display 601 (starting in FIG. 8J) below haircolor options 832, appearing one at a time, and in order fromleft-to-right (ending in FIG. 8L). After hair texture options 834 arepopulated, device 600 displays hairstyle options 836 on display 601(starting in FIG. 8M) below hair texture options 834, appearing one at atime, and in order from left-to-right (ending in FIG. 8O). It should beappreciated that successive population of a respective set of featureoptions can begin either before the previous set of feature options ispopulated (e.g., similar to the timing of hair texture options 834 withrespect to hair color options 832), or after the previous set of featureoptions is populated (e.g., similar to the timing of hairstyle options836 with respect to hair texture options 834).

As discussed above, some of the feature options for a selected avatarfeature are displayed in a sliding cascading effect as discussed abovewith respect to the appearance of hair color options, whereas otherfeature options for the selected avatar feature are displayed in aniteratively populating cascading effect as discussed with respect tohair texture options 834 and hairstyle options 836. Either of thesecascading effects can be used for displaying population of featureoptions in accordance with any of the embodiments discussed herein.

In FIG. 8P, device 600 displays hair color characteristic 838 havinghair color options 832, hair texture characteristic 840 having hairtexture options 834 and texture header 841, and hairstyle characteristic842 having hairstyle options 836 and hairstyle header 843. None of thehair color options are selected in FIG. 8P. However, straight hairtexture option 834 a and bald hairstyle option 836 a are selected asindicated by borders 844 and 846, respectively. Avatar 805 is shownhaving a bald hairstyle, however, the straight hair texture is notdiscernable on avatar 805 due to the bald hairstyle. However, thestraight hair texture is reflected in pixie hairstyle option 836 b andbob hairstyle option 836 c, which show different hairstyles havingstraight hair texture.

As shown in FIG. 8P, device 600 detects selection of pixie hairstyleoption 836 b in response to receiving input 848 (e.g., a touch input ondisplay 601) on short hairstyle option 836 b. In FIG. 8Q, device 600displays avatar 805 having avatar hair 851 corresponding to pixiehairstyle option 836 b selected in FIG. 8P and having a straight texturecorresponding to selected straight hair texture 834 a. Device 600 alsodisplays border 846 moving from bald hairstyle option 836 a to pixiehairstyle option 836 b to provide a visual confirmation of the detectedselection of pixie hairstyle option 836 b.

In some embodiments, feature options include a zoomed-in (e.g.,magnified) view of the respective avatar feature corresponding to thefeature option. Such feature options are generally those for which aclose-up view of the avatar feature is beneficial for illustratingsufficient detail to distinguish the different avatar feature options.For example, in FIG. 8R, device 600 shows hair texture options 834corresponding to hair texture characteristic 840. Each of the hairtexture options 834 show a magnified view of avatar hair so that thedifferent hair textures represented by hair texture options 834 arebetter illustrated so they can be easily distinguished by the user.Straight hair texture option 834 a shows a magnified view of avatar hairhaving a straight texture. Wavy hair texture option 834 b shows amagnified view of avatar hair having a wavy texture. Curly hair textureoption 834 c shows a magnified view of avatar hair having a curlytexture.

As shown in FIG. 8R, device 600 detects selection of wavy hair textureoption 834 b in response to receiving input 850 (e.g., a touch input ondisplay 601) on wavy hair texture option 834 b.

FIGS. 8S-8U illustrate device 600 updating avatar 805 and respectivehairstyle feature options 836 in response detecting the selected wavyhair texture option 834 b in FIG. 8R. For example, avatar hair 851transitions from an appearance having straight hair texture in FIG. 8Rto an appearance having wavy hair texture in FIG. 8S.

Additionally, in the embodiments discussed herein, feature options thatillustrate avatar features affected by a selection of a differentfeature option are updated to reflect the selection of the differentfeature option. For example, in FIGS. 8S-8U, pixie hairstyle option 836b and bob hairstyle option 836 c illustrate avatar hair (specifically,avatar hair that is affected by the selection of wavy hair textureoption 834 b), therefore each of the hairstyles shown in hairstyleoptions 836 b and 836 c are updated to show the respective hairstyleoptions transitioning from an appearance having straight hair texture inFIG. 8R to a different appearance having the selected wavy hair texture.Bald hairstyle option 836 a does not display avatar hair. Therefore,bald hairstyle option 836 a is not shown transitioning to a differentappearance.

In some embodiments, when a feature option is selected for a particularavatar feature characteristic, the feature options shown for thatcharacteristic do not change in response to the selection, whereasfeature options for other avatar feature characteristics do change. Forexample, in FIGS. 8S-8U, hair texture options 834 do not change whenwavy hair texture option 834 b is selected, but hairstyle options 836 dochange. Similarly, as shown in FIGS. 8AN-8AQ (discussed below), when adifferent hairstyle option is selected, the hairstyle options do notchange, but other feature options (e.g., hair texture options) do change(e.g., changed hair texture options 834 in FIG. 8AQ).

The transition of pixie hairstyle option 836 b and bob hairstyle option836 c is shown in FIGS. 8S-8U. Pixie hairstyle option 836 b is displayedtransitioning from an appearance having the straight hair texture inFIG. 8R to a different appearance having the selected wavy hair texturein FIGS. 8S and 8T. This transition includes enlarging the displayedpixie hairstyle option 836 b and, optionally, border 846, duringtransition from the straight hair texture to the wavy hair texture (seeenlarged pixie hairstyle option 836 b′ and enlarged border 846′ in FIG.8S), and then shrinking the pixie hairstyle option 836 b back to itsoriginal size in FIG. 8T after the transition to the appearance with thewavy hair texture is complete. Bob hairstyle option 836 c is displayedtransitioning from an appearance having the straight hair texture inFIG. 8S to a different appearance having the selected wavy hair texturein FIGS. 8T and 8U. This transition includes enlarging the displayed bobhairstyle option 836 c during transition from the straight hair textureto the wavy hair texture (see enlarged bob hairstyle option 836 c′ inFIG. 8T), and then shrinking the bob hairstyle option 836 c back to itsoriginal size in FIG. 8U after the transition to the appearance with thewavy hair texture is complete.

Bob hairstyle option 836 c is transitioned after pixie hairstyle option836 b is finished transitioning (e.g., after displaying enlarged pixiehairstyle option 836 b′ returning to its original size in FIG. 8T). Thisdisplayed effect of momentarily enlarging the transitioning featureoptions, combined with the timing of completing the transitions in adisplayed order, gives a ripple effect appearance that provides a visualindication to the user that particular feature options are transitioningbased on the user's selection of a different feature option (e.g. afeature option other than the one being transitioned). This visualeffect also indicates to the user exactly when respective featureoptions are in the process of transitioning (e.g., when the featureoption is enlarged), and also provides an indication of when thetransition is complete (e.g., when the feature option returns to itssmaller, original size). This also presents a visual confirmation to theuser that particular feature options were not affected by the selection,because such feature options (if any) are not shown having a momentaryenlargement.

In FIG. 8V, device 600 detects a selection of hair color option 832 a inresponse to receiving input 852 (e.g., a touch input on display 601) onhair color option 832 a.

In FIG. 8W, device 600 indicates hair color option 832 a is selected bydisplaying border 854 around hair color option 832 a. Device 600 alsomodifies avatar hair 851, eyebrows 827, hair texture options 834, andhairstyle options 836 (e.g., 836 b and 836 c) to have a hair colormatching selected hair color option 832 a. In some embodiments, thecolor (or color properties) of eyebrows 827 is determined based on acombination of the skin tone color and the hair color. For example, ahue of eyebrows 827 can be determined based on the selected hair colorand a luminance of eyebrows 827 can be determined based on the selectedskin tone color. The transition of the hair texture options 834 andhairstyle options 836 can be displayed in accordance with the rippleappearance discussed above. For example, hair texture options 834 a-834c transition (e.g., with momentary enlargement) in sequential order,followed by transition of hairstyle options 836 b and 836 c (e.g., withmomentary enlargement) in sequential order.

Device 600 also displays hair color slider 856 for adjusting a gradientof selected hair color option 832 a. Hair color slider 856 includesselector affordance 858 (also referred to herein as a thumb) having aninitial (e.g., default) location within a gradient region 857 (alsoreferred to herein as a track) that extends between a high gradientvalue 857 a and a low gradient value 857 b of selected color 832 a.Selector affordance 858 can be moved within region 857 (e.g., inaccordance with a magnitude and direction of an input on the slider) toadjust the gradient of selected color 832 a based on the position ofselector affordance 858 within the gradient region 857. Adjusting thegradient of selected hair color option 832 a causes the device to modifyany avatar features having the selected color 832 a (including featureoptions showing such avatar features as well as the color of theselected hair color option (e.g., 832 a changes in FIGS. 8AY and 8AZ asaffordance 858 moves in region 857)). Unless specified otherwise, whenreference is made herein to modifying a particular color option, themodification also applies to the respective feature associated with thecolor option and feature options showing the respective avatar feature.

In some embodiments, the gradient can represent various characteristicsof the selected hair color such as, for example, shading, saturation,undertone, midtones, highlights, warmth, luminance, or hue. In someembodiments, the gradient can represent an undertone of the avatar hairthat is different from the selected color and, optionally, based on aselected skin tone of the avatar. The gradient of the undertone can beadjusted by moving selector affordance 858 within the gradient region857, which ultimately modifies the appearance of the selected hair colorand avatar hair 851. In some embodiments, the undertone of the haircorresponds to a natural hair color that is determined based on aselected skin tone (skin color). For example, for darker skin tones, thehair has a darker undertone (e.g., a brown or black undertone), whereaslighter skin tones produce a lighter hair undertone (e.g., a blonde orred undertone). Adjusting the undertone gives the hair an appearance ofhaving not only a particular color applied, but also an intensity ofthat color, based on the gradient of the undertone. For example, foravatar hair having a non-natural selected hair color (e.g., purple),adjusting an undertone to a low gradient value 857 b, provides little orno natural hair color (e.g., brown) undertone. This emphasizes thepurple hair color, giving the appearance that the avatar has heavilyapplied a purple hair dye. Conversely, adjusting the undertone to a highgradient value 857 a emphasizes the natural undertone of the hair (orother avatar feature, such as avatar eyebrows or lips), giving theappearance that the avatar has lightly applied purple hair dye. Byadjusting the position of selector affordance 858 along the slider, auser can adjust the gradient of the undertone that device 600 applies toselected color 832 a.

In some embodiments, selector affordance 858 includes a colorrepresenting a currently selected gradient of selected color 832 a. Inits initial location, selector affordance 858 has a same color asselected color 832 a when selected color 832 a is initially displayed.In other words, selected color 832 a has an initial (e.g., default orpreselected) color the first time it is selected (e.g., see FIG. 8V).When hair color slider 856 is first displayed, selector affordance 858has an initial location at the center of region 857 and a colorcorresponding to the initial color of selector color 832 a. Moving theposition of selector affordance 858 from its initial location to adifferent location causes the device to modify the gradient of theselected color 832 a, the corresponding color of selector affordance858, and any avatar features having the selected color 832 a (includingfeature options showing such avatar features), based on the new locationof selector affordance 858. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 8X,moving selector affordance 858 towards high gradient value 857 a darkensselected color 832 a, whereas moving selector affordance 858 towards lowgradient value 857 b lightens selected color 832 a.

For example, in FIGS. 8X-8Z, device 600 detects touch-and-drag input 860on selector affordance 858 and, in response, displays movement ofselector affordance 858 within region 857 based on the dragging movementof input 860, and updates the color of selector affordance 858, selectedcolor 832 a, and the color of avatar hair 851 and any avatar hairdisplayed in the feature options (e.g., 834 a-834 c, 836 b, and 836 c)based on the locations of selector affordance 858 within region 857.

In FIG. 8X, input 860 has an initial position 860′ corresponding to theinitial location of selector affordance 858, which is the center ofregion 857. Because selector affordance 858 is in its initial (e.g.,default) position, device 600 does not modify selected color 832 a, thecolor of selector affordance 858, or any other displayed features havingselected color 832 a. In some embodiments, in response to detecting aninput (e.g., input 860) on selector affordance 858, device 600 generatesfeedback such as, for example, a haptic feedback (e.g., a tactileoutput) that is optionally generated with or without an audio outputwhen selector affordance 858 is located in its default location (or whenselector affordance 858 is moved from a different location to thedefault location (e.g., the center of slider 856)). This providesfeedback to notify a user when the selector affordance 858 is located inits initial (e.g., default) location corresponding to the initial color(e.g., value) of selected color 832 a.

In FIG. 8Y, device 600 detects input 860 moving to second position 860″and, in response, displays selector affordance 858 at a second locationcorresponding to second position 860″. The second location of selectoraffordance 858 corresponds to a greater gradient (e.g., a darker shadingor greater undertone) of selected color 832 a along region 857 (comparedto the gradient shown in FIG. 8X). Accordingly, device 600 displaysselector affordance 858 having a greater gradient based on the relativeposition of selector affordance 858 within region 857. Device 600 alsoupdates selected color 832 a, and any features (e.g., avatar hair 851,hair texture options 834 a-834 c, and hairstyle options 836 b and 836 c)displaying selected color 832 a, to have the greater gradient (e.g.,shading or undertone).

In FIG. 8Z, device 600 detects input 860 moving to third position 860′″and, in response, displays selector affordance 858 at a third locationcorresponding to third position 860′″. The third location of selectoraffordance 858 corresponds to a greater gradient (e.g., a darker shadingor greater undertone) than that shown in FIG. 8Y. Accordingly, device600 displays selector affordance 858 having the greater gradient basedon the relative position of selector affordance 858 within region 857.Device 600 also updates selected color 832 a, and the featuresdisplaying selected color 832 a (e.g., avatar hair 851, hair textureoptions 834 a-834 c, and hairstyle options 836 b and 836 c), to have thegreater gradient (e.g., a darker shading or greater undertone) shown inFIG. 8Z.

In FIG. 8AA, device 600 detects termination of input 860 (e.g., lift-offof the touch-and-drag input) when selector affordance 858 is at alocation (e.g., 858′) corresponding to location 860′″ shown in FIG. 8Z.Accordingly, device 600 maintains the selected gradient of selectedcolor 832 a (and any features having the selected color 832 a) at thetime input 860 terminates. In some embodiments (e.g., see FIGS. 8AS and8AT discussed below), device 600 retains the modified hair color slider856, including the position of selector affordance 858 and the modifiedgradient of selected color 832 a, even after a different color option832 is selected.

In FIG. 8AB, device 600 detects a selection of hair color option 832 bin response to receiving input 861 (e.g., a touch input on display 601)on hair color option 832 b.

In FIG. 8AC, device 600 indicates hair color option 832 b is selected bydisplaying border 862 around hair color option 832 b. Device 600 alsomodifies displayed hair color slider 856 by moving selector affordance858 to a default location for selected hair color option 832 b, andupdating the color of selector affordance 858 to a color correspondingto selected hair color option 832 b. Device 600 also modifies avatarhair 851, hair texture options 834, and hairstyle options 836 (e.g., 836b and 836 c) to have a hair color matching selected hair color option832 b. The transition of the hair texture options 834 and hairstyleoptions 836 is displayed in accordance with the ripple effect appearancediscussed above. For example, hair texture options 834 a-834 ctransition (e.g., with momentary enlargement) in sequential order,followed by transition of hairstyle options 836 b and 836 c (e.g., withmomentary enlargement) in sequential order.

In FIGS. 8AD-AL, device 600 detects input 864, which is a touch-and-draggesture on display 601, the initial touch corresponding to a locationwithin avatar characteristics region 804. In response to detectingmovement of input 864 in a vertical direction, device 600 scrolls thedisplayed avatar feature characteristics and corresponding featureoptions displayed in avatar characteristics region 804 based on thedirection of movement of input 864 (e.g., based on the direction of thedrag). Additionally, device 600 adjusts the size of avatar displayregion 803 (including displayed avatar 805 and, optionally, avatarfeature region 807) and avatar characteristics region 804 based on thedirection of the drag and the current states (e.g., sizes) of avatardisplay region 803 and avatar characteristics region 804.

For example, FIGS. 8AD-8AF illustrate avatar display region 803 andavatar 805 transitioning (e.g., condensing) from an initial, fullyexpanded state in FIG. 8AD to a condensed state in FIG. 8AF in responseto detecting movement of input 864 in an upward direction (e.g., in adirection towards avatar display region 803). Simultaneous with thetransition of avatar display region 803, device 600 displays avatarcharacteristics region 804 transitioning (e.g., expanding) from aninitial state in FIG. 8AD to a fully expanded state in FIG. 8AF. FIG.8AE shows avatar display region 803 (including avatar 805) and avatarcharacteristics region 804 each having respective intermediate states(e.g., sizes) when the relative location of input 864 is between therespective locations shown in FIGS. 8AD and 8AF. Thus, device 600continually condenses the avatar display region 803 and avatar 805,while simultaneously expanding avatar characteristics region 804 (andshifting line 806 upward), in response to a drag gesture in an upwarddirection, until avatar display region 803 and avatar 805 reach thecondensed state and avatar characteristics region 804 reaches the fullyexpanded state. When avatar display region 803 and avatar 805 are in thecondensed state, device 600 does not further condense avatar displayregion 803 and avatar 805, or further expand avatar characteristicsregion 804, in response to further movement of the drag gesture in anupward direction (or in response to subsequent upward drag gestures).Rather, device 600 continues to scroll the avatar featurecharacteristics and feature options (see FIGS. 8AG-8AH revealingadditional hairstyle options 836 d-836 f of hairstyle characteristic842, and moving hair color characteristic 838, including hair colorfeatures 832 and hair color slider 856, off the displayed portion ofavatar characteristics region 804) in response to further movement ofthe drag gesture in an upward direction (or in response to subsequentupward drag gestures on avatar characteristics region 804 when avatardisplay region 803 is in the condensed state).

Conversely, display 600 expands avatar display region 803 from acondensed (or intermediate) state in response to detecting movement ofinput 864 in a downward direction, as shown in FIGS. 8AH-8AJ.Simultaneous with the expansion of avatar display region 803, device 600displays avatar characteristics region 804 transitioning (e.g.,contracting) from its expanded state in FIG. 8AH (or intermediate statein FIG. 8AI) to its original state (e.g., size) in FIG. 8AJ. Byexpanding avatar display region 803 in response to the downward movementof input 864, device 600 magnifies avatar 805 so a user can more easilysee avatar 805 without requiring the user to scroll back to the initialposition of the avatar feature characteristics and feature options inavatar characteristics region 804 (e.g., see FIG. 8AD).

By condensing avatar display region 803, device 600 displays a largeravatar characteristics region 804 to show additional avatar featurecharacteristics and/or feature options. The sizes of the avatar featurecharacteristics and feature options do not change when avatarcharacteristics region 804 expands or contracts. Accordingly, device 600displays more avatar feature characteristics and/or feature options asavatar characteristics region 804 expands, and displays fewer avatarfeature characteristics and/or feature options as avatar characteristicsregion 804 contracts.

In some embodiments, as device 600 displays scrolling of avatar featurecharacteristics (e.g., 808, 810, 838, 840, 842) and their respectivefeature options (e.g., 812, 814, 832, 834, 836) device 600 maintainsdisplay of a respective header for an avatar feature characteristicpositioned at the top of avatar characteristics region 804, when aportion of that avatar feature characteristic is scrolled partially offthe top edge (e.g., below line 806) of avatar characteristics region804. For example, as shown in FIG. 8AH, as hair texture characteristic840 is scrolled off the displayed portion of avatar characteristicsregion 804, device 600 “freezes” texture header 841 at the top of avatarcharacteristics region 804 (e.g., directly below line 806). The “frozen”texture header 841 remains displayed at the top of avatarcharacteristics region 804 until the entirety of hair texturecharacteristic 840 is scrolled off avatar characteristics region 804(e.g., in an upward direction) or until the entirety of hair texturecharacteristic 840 is positioned below line 806 (e.g., when no portionof hair texture characteristic 840 is scrolled off the top edge ofavatar characteristics region 804). In some embodiments, when the“frozen” header is released from the position below line 806, it isreplaced with a header of an adjacent avatar feature characteristic(e.g., see hairstyle header 843 in FIG. 8AL). In some embodiments, afrozen header (e.g., texture header 841) is visually distinguished fromfeature options in avatar characteristics region 804. For example, asshown in FIG. 8AH, texture header 841 is visually distinguished by lines806 and 867.

In FIGS. 8AK and 8AL, device 600 detects input 864 moving in an upwarddirection (after moving downward as shown in FIGS. 8AI and 8AJ), andcondenses avatar display region 803 and avatar 805, while simultaneouslyexpanding avatar characteristics region 804, and moving hairstyle header843 to the edge of avatar characteristics region 804 (replacing textureheader 841), as discussed above. The movement of input 864 also scrollsthe content displayed in avatar characteristics region 804 to displayadditional hairstyle options 836 g-836 i.

In FIG. 8AM, device 600 detects termination (e.g., lift-off) of input864. Device 600 displays avatar display region 803 and avatar 805 havingthe condensed state, and avatar characteristics region 804 having thefully expanded state. Avatar characteristics region 804 shows hairstylecharacteristic 842 having hairstyle options 836 a-836 i (each with wavyhair texture based on prior selection of wavy hair texture option 834 bin FIG. 8R and hair color based on hair color option 832 b selected inFIG. 8AB) and hairstyle header 843 positioned below line 806 andvisually distinguished from hairstyle options 836 a-836 c, by line 867.Pixie hairstyle 836 b is shown selected as indicated by border 846positioned around pixie hairstyle 836 b and as indicated by avatar hair851 having the pixie hairstyle (and also wavy hair texture) displayed onavatar 805. Avatar hair affordance 809 b is highlighted to indicate theavatar hair feature is currently selected for editing.

In some embodiments, avatar display region 803 and avatar 805 transitionfrom the condensed state directly to the fully expanded state inresponse to detecting a selection of a feature option. For example, inFIG. 8AN, device 600 detects input 869 (e.g., touch input on display601) at a location corresponding to spiked hairstyle option 836 f Inresponse to detecting selection of spiked hairstyle option 836 f, device600 displays avatar display region 803 and avatar 805 having the fullyexpanded state in FIG. 8AO. Device 600 modifies avatar hair 851 to matchthe selected spiked hairstyle option 836 f (with wavy hair texture basedon prior selection in FIG. 8R and hair color based on hair color option832 b selected in FIG. 8AB). Device 600 also indicates selection ofspiked hairstyle option 836 f by removing border 846 from pixiehairstyle option 836 b, and displaying border 846 around spikedhairstyle option 836 f.

In FIGS. 8AP and 8AQ, device 600 detects input 870, which is atouch-and-drag gesture on display 601, the initial touch correspondingto a location within avatar characteristics region 804. Device 600detects movement of input 870 in a downward direction and, in response,scrolls the feature options (e.g., hairstyle options 836 a-836 i) andhairstyle header 843 in a downward direction to display hair colorcharacteristic 838, hair texture characteristic 840 and a portion ofhairstyle characteristic 842, as shown in FIG. 8AQ.

In FIG. 8AR, device 600 detects termination (e.g., lift-off) of input870. Device 600 displays hair color characteristic 838 having hair colorslider 856 and hair color options 832 (including selected hair coloroption 832 b indicated by border 862), hair texture characteristic 840having texture header 841 and hair texture options 834 a-834 c(including selected wavy hair texture option 834 b indicated by border844), and hairstyle characteristic 842 having hairstyle header 843 andhairstyle options 836 a-836 c.

In FIG. 8AS, device 600 detects input 871 (e.g., touch input) on haircolor option 832 a. In response, device 600 displays avatar hair 851transitioning from selected color 832 b in FIG. 8AS to a colorcorresponding to selected color 832 a in FIG. 8AT (which is the colorthat resulted from the modifications discussed above with respect toFIGS. 8X-8AA). Because only the selected hair color changed with theinput 871, avatar hair 851 is still displayed with the spiked hairstylecorresponding to selected spiked hairstyle option 836 f, and the wavyhair texture corresponding to selected wavy hair texture option 834 b.Additionally, device 600 displays the feature options that include ahair color each transitioning from the displayed state in FIG. 8AS tothe displayed state in FIG. 8AT. Accordingly, device 600 displays hairtexture options 834 a-834 c and hairstyle options 836 b and 836 ctransitioning from a hair color corresponding to hair color option 832 bto a hair color corresponding to hair color option 832 a. Thistransition can include the ripple effect appearance (e.g., sequentialtransition with momentary enlargement of transitioning feature options)discussed above.

As shown in FIG. 8AT, device 600 also displays, in response to detectinginput 871, hair color slider 856 transitioning to the retained modifiedsetting for color 832 a that was previously set in response to input 860discussed above with respect to FIGS. 8X-8AA. This includes displayingselector affordance 858 transitioning to the same modified color ascolor option 832 a and a same modified location within color shaderegion 857 as that shown in FIG. 8AA immediately prior to device 600detecting input 861 on hair color option 832 b.

In FIG. 8AU, device 600 detects input 872 (e.g., touch input) on bobhairstyle option 836 c, which is shown partly off-screen in avatarcharacteristics region 804. In response, device 600 displays avatar hair851 transitioning from the spiked hairstyle to a bob hairstylecorresponding to selected bob hairstyle option 836 c, as shown in FIG.8AV. Device 600 also displays a slight scrolling of avatarcharacteristics region 804 to display a full representation of selectedbob hairstyle option 836 c (and removing hair color options 832), anddisplays border 846 around bob hairstyle option 836 c to indicateselection of this feature option. Because no other feature options areselected by input 872, no avatar features other than avatar hair 851 aremodified. Additionally, because no other displayed feature optionsdisplay a sufficient amount of avatar hair to illustrate the selectedhairstyle, device 600 does not display any feature options updating.

In FIG. 8AW, device 600 detects input 873 (e.g., touch input) on avatarlips affordance 809 c. In response to detecting input 873, device 600updates, as shown in FIG. 8AX, avatar display region 803 to indicate theavatar lips feature is selected (e.g., by bolding avatar lips affordance809 c and positioning it directly below avatar 805) and updates avatarcharacteristics region 804 to display avatar feature characteristics andfeature options corresponding to the avatar lips feature. The avatarfeature characteristics and feature options displayed in FIGS. 8AX-8BAcorrespond to the avatar lips feature. Accordingly, in response todetecting selections of any such feature options, device 600 modifiesavatar lips 828 shown on avatar 805 and, in some cases, updatesrepresentations of avatar lips displayed in the feature options,depending on whether the selected feature option shows avatar lips.

As shown in FIG. 8AX, updated avatar characteristics region 804 includeslips color characteristic 875 having various lip color options and lipshape characteristic 878 having lip shape options 880. The lip coloroptions include natural lip color options 882, non-natural lip coloroptions 884, and a color picker option 886. Natural lip color options882 represent natural human lip color options that, in some embodiments,are determined based on a selected skin tone for avatar 805. Non-naturallip color options 884, in some embodiments, are not determined based ona selected skin tone and, instead, represent colors that mightcorrespond to lipstick colors or other colors that are not natural to ahuman's lips (e.g., blue, green, etc.). Color picker option 886 is aselectable option that displays additional color choices that can beselected for adjusting the color of the avatar's lips. In someembodiments, the lip color options (e.g., 882, 884, 886) are scrollablein a horizontal direction in response to an input (e.g., tap, swipe,drag, etc.) on the lip color options. Scrolling the lip color optionsdisplays additional lip color options (e.g., 882, 884, 886). In someembodiments, color picker option 886 is positioned at an end of the lipcolor options and is not displayed until the lip color options arescrolled to the end of the lip color options.

In FIG. 8AX, device 600 detects input 887 (e.g., a touch gesture ondisplay 601) on color picker option 886. In FIG. 8AY, in response todetecting input 887, device 600 displays expanded color palette 888displaying a variety of color options, including natural lip coloroptions and non-natural lip color options. In some embodiments, expandedcolor palette 888 can be displayed as a pop-up menu that appears over aportion of avatar characteristics region 804, including any displayedavatar feature characteristics and feature options.

In FIG. 8AY, device 600 detects input 889 (e.g., a touch gesture ondisplay 601) on selected lip color option 890.

In FIG. 8AZ, in response to detecting selection of selected lip coloroption 890, device 600 displays avatar lips 828 updated to match thecolor of selected lip color option 890. In addition, lip shape options(e.g., lip shape option 880 a) are updated (e.g., in accordance with theripple effect appearance discussed herein) to include selected lip coloroption 890. Device 600 also updates one of the lip color options(represented as lip color option 884 a in FIG. 8AX) to match selectedlip color option 890, and displays border 891 around the updated lipcolor option 884 a.

Device 600 also displays lip color slider 892, which can be controlledin a manner similar to other color sliders discussed herein. Lip colorslider 892 includes selector affordance 893 that can be positioned alongthe lip color slider to adjust a gradient of selected lip color 884 afrom a high gradient value at 892 a to a low gradient value at 892 b. Insome embodiments, the gradient can represent various characteristics ofthe selected lip color such as, for example, shading, saturation,undertone, midtones, highlights, warmth, or hue. In some embodiments,the gradient can represent an undertone of the avatar lips that isdifferent from the selected color and, optionally, based on a selectedskin tone of the avatar. The gradient of the undertone can be adjustedby moving selector affordance 893 along the lip color slider 892, whichultimately modifies the appearance of the selected lip color and avatarlips 828. For example, the undertone of the selected color can be a redcolor, or some other color corresponding to a natural skin tone (e.g.,brown), whereas the selected lip color (e.g., selected lip color 884 a)can be any color (including any non-natural color). Adjusting theundertone gives the avatar's lips an appearance of having not only aparticular color applied to the lips, but also an intensity of thatcolor, based on the gradient of the undertone. For example, for avatarlips having a non-natural selected lip color (e.g., green), adjusting anundertone to a low gradient value 892 b, provides little or no naturallip color (e.g., red) undertone. This emphasizes the green lip color,giving the appearance that the avatar has heavily applied greenlipstick, or lips of an unnatural color. Conversely, adjusting theundertone to a high gradient value 892 a emphasizes the undertone of thelips, giving the appearance that the avatar has lightly applied greenlipstick. By adjusting the position of selector affordance 893 along theslider, a user can adjust the gradient of the undertone that device 600applies to selected color 884 a.

In FIG. 8BA, device 600 detects input 8100 (e.g., touch input) on avataraccessories affordance 809 d. In response to detecting input 8100,device 600 updates, as shown in FIG. 8BB, avatar display region 803 toindicate the avatar accessories feature is selected (e.g., by boldingavatar accessories affordance 809 d and positioning it directly belowavatar 805) and updates avatar characteristics region 804 to displayavatar feature characteristics and feature options corresponding toavatar accessories features. The avatar feature characteristics andfeature options displayed in FIGS. 8BA-8CF correspond to avataraccessories features. Accordingly, in response to detecting selectionsof any such feature options, device 600 modifies avatar 805 based on theselected feature option and, in some cases, updates representations ofavatar accessories displayed in the feature options, based on theselected feature option.

As shown in FIG. 8BB, avatar characteristics region 804 includesearrings characteristic 8102 having earring options 8104, hatcharacteristic 8106 having hat options 8108, and glasses characteristic8110 having glasses options 8112 (shown in FIG. 8BM). Device 600displays border 8114 around earring option 8104 a to indicate earringoption 8104 a (no earrings) is currently selected. Device 600 alsodisplays border 8116 around hat option 8108 a to indicate hat option8108 a (no hat) is currently selected. Device 600 displays avatar 805having no earrings and no hat, based on the selected earring option 8104a and hat option 8108 a.

In some embodiments, feature options can be scrolled horizontally todisplay additional feature options. For example, in FIG. 8BB, device 600displays earring option 8104 d and hat option 8108 d partiallyoff-screen, indicating earring options 8104 and hat options 8108 can bescrolled horizontally (e.g., in response to a horizontal swipe ortouch-and-drag gesture as shown in FIGS. 8BV-8BW).

In some embodiments, device 600 displays feature options to represent apotential appearance of the avatar (e.g., avatar 805) if the respectivefeature option is selected. In some embodiments, however, device 600displays feature options that do not completely represent a potentialappearance of the avatar if the respective feature option is selected.For example, device 600 can display feature options having arepresentation of an avatar feature with a portion of the respectiveavatar feature omitted. Omitting a portion of the respective avatarfeature from the feature option shows other avatar features in thefeature option that would otherwise be obstructed by the omitted portionif it were displayed, but does not fully represent a potentialappearance of the avatar if the feature option is selected. For example,in FIG. 8BB, device 600 displays earring options 8104 having arepresentation of avatar hair (e.g., avatar hair 851), but with aportion of the avatar hair omitted so that a representation of an avatarear and, in some cases, an earring are displayed. The portion of avatarhair is omitted from earring options 8104 to display an unobstructedview of the various earring options that can be selected. However,earring options 8104 do not represent a potential appearance of avatar805 if the earring options are selected, because the currently selectedavatar hairstyle (e.g., indicated by avatar hair 851) covers theavatar's ears (and potentially any selected avatar earrings). Thus, insome embodiments, certain avatar feature options do not affect theposition of other avatar features when they are selected. For example,an avatar accessory option that corresponds to a nose ring would notresult in a modification (e.g., an adjustment to the geometry of thefeature due to the resulting placement of the avatar feature on theavatar) to other avatar features such as the avatar hair. Similarly, anavatar accessory option that corresponds to certain earrings would notresult in a modification to avatar hair.

Device 600 also displays hat characteristic 8106 having hat options8108. The displayed hat options 8108 represent potential changes toavatar 805 if a respective hat option is selected. In addition tomodifying avatar 805 to include the selected hat, such potential changesinclude a reshaping of avatar hair 851 and a lighting affect such ascasting a shadow on the face of avatar 805. In FIG. 8BB, the reshapingof avatar hair 851 is represented in hat options 8108 b-8108 c(additional hat options 8108 d and 8108 e are shown in FIG. 8BW anddiscussed in greater detail below). For example, beanie hat option 8108b shows a hat having a hatline 8118 (e.g., at a location where the hat(opening at the bottom of the hat) meets the hair on the avatar's head)that is narrower than a displayed width of the hair in hat option 8108b. Therefore, device 600 displays the hair having a reshaped (e.g.,modified) appearance in which the avatar hair is tucked in at thehatline 8118, giving the realistic appearance that the hat iscompressing the avatar's hair to conform to the avatar head. This effectis also displayed in cowboy hat option 8108 c and in headband hat option8108 d. In headband hat option 8108 d, device 600 displays a headbandcompressing the avatar hair, which again reshapes the avatar hair toconform to the hatline of the headband, but also gives the appearancethat the avatar hair is both compressed at the hatline of the headband(e.g., tucked under the headband) and protruding over the top of theheadband. Avatar 805 is shown in FIGS. 8BY-8CB when headband hat option8108 d is selected, discussed in greater detail below.

Hat option 8108 c also illustrates a potential change to avatar 805 thatwould display a lighting effect on avatar 805. For example, cowboy hatoption 8108 c includes a large hat (e.g., a cowboy hat) that casts ashadow 8120 on the avatar's forehead, below the brim of the cowboy hat.By displaying hat option 8108 c with a cowboy hat, reshaped hairline,and shadow 8120, device 600 indicates that selection of hat option 8108c would result in a modification to avatar 805 that includes displayingthe cowboy hat on avatar 805, reshaping the hairline of avatar hair 851,and casting a shadow on the forehead of avatar 805 (e.g., see FIG. 8CCshowing avatar 805 with a cap, reshaped hair, and shadow on forehead).

FIGS. 8BC and 8BD illustrate device 600 detecting input 8122 (e.g., atouch input) to select earring option 8104 c, and indicating selectionof earring option 8104 c by moving border 8114 from earring option 8104a to earring option 8104 c. FIG. 8BD also illustrates device 600displaying avatar 805 having avatar earrings 8125 corresponding to theearrings displayed in selected earring option 8104 c. Earrings 8125 arepartially obstructed by avatar hair 851 positioned over the avatar'sears. However, earrings 8125 are large enough that they extend beyondavatar hair 851 and, therefore, are partially displayed protruding fromunder avatar hair 851. Device 600 also updates hat options 8108 to showearrings applied to the displayed hat options 8108 as shown in FIG. 8BD.

In some embodiments, device 600 detects a user's face positioned in afield of view of a camera (e.g., camera 602), and modifies (e.g.,continuously) an appearance of avatar 805 based on detected changes inthe user's face (e.g., changes in pose of the user's face, changes inthe relative position of facial features, etc.). For example, in FIG.8BE, device 600 displays real-time modifications to the facial featuresof avatar 805 based on corresponding changes detected in the user'sface. In FIG. 8BE, device 600 detects (e.g., using camera 602) a usertilting their head to the side, winking their eye, and smiling. Device600 modifies avatar 805 in real time to mirror the detected usermovements.

In FIG. 8BF, device 600 detects (e.g., using camera 602) the userreturning to a neutral position where the user is not tilting theirhead, smiling, or winking. Device modifies avatar 805 in real time tomirror the user returning to the neutral position.

In some embodiments, device 600 modifies selected avatar features, suchas those represented in avatar 805, based on a physics model applied tothe respective selected avatar features. For example, in FIG. 8BF, whendevice 600 displays avatar 805 returning to the neutral position, avatarearrings 8125 are shown swaying to reflect the physics of the tiltingmotion of the user's head. It should be appreciated that the physicsmodel is not limited to the earrings 8125. Physics models can be appliedto other selected avatar features.

In some embodiments, device 600 modifies a displayed orientation and/ormagnification of avatar 805 in response to detected input on avatardisplay region 803 or more specifically, in some embodiments, on avatar805. For example, in FIG. 8BG, device 600 detects input 8128 (e.g., atouch-and-drag gesture or swipe gesture) on avatar display region 803.In response to detecting movement of input 8128 from an initial locationin FIG. 8BG to a second location in FIG. 8BH, device 600 displays arotation of avatar 805 corresponding to the movement of input 8128. InFIG. 8BH, device 600 shows a resulting profile view of avatar 805.

In some embodiments, device 600 displays selected avatar featuresmoving, in response to the detected input on avatar display region 803(or avatar 805), based on an applied physics model. For example, in FIG.8BI, device 600 shows earring 8125 swaying toward the front of the faceof avatar 805 in response to the displayed rotation of avatar 805 inFIGS. 8BG and 8BH.

In FIG. 8BJ, device 600 detects input 8130 (e.g., a de-pinch gesture) onavatar 805 and, in response, magnifies avatar 805 based on movement ofinput 8130 (e.g., a length of the de-pinch gesture), as shown in FIG.8BK.

In FIGS. 8BL and 8BM, device 600 detects input 8132 (e.g., atouch-and-drag gesture or swipe gesture) on avatar characteristicsregion 804 and scrolls the displayed avatar feature characteristics(e.g., 8102, 8106, 8110) and feature options (e.g., 8104, 8108, 8112)based on the direction of movement of input 8132. Avatar 805 remainsdisplayed with the magnified appearance. In some embodiments, themagnified appearance allows a user to better view avatar 805 and, insome embodiments, apply various accessories to avatar 805 such as, forexample, makeup, tattoos, scars, freckles, birthmarks, and other customfeatures or accessories for the avatar.

In FIG. 8BN, device 600 detects termination of input 8132 (e.g.,lift-off of the touch-and-drag gesture) and displays avatarcharacteristics region 804 having hat characteristic 8106 with hatoptions 8108 a-8108 d, and glasses characteristic 8110 with glassesoptions 8112 a-8112 d. Avatar 805 remains displayed with the magnifiedappearance. Device 600 displays border 8134 around glasses option 8112 ato indicate glasses option 8112 a (no glasses) is currently selected.Device 600 displays glasses options 8112 b-8112 d having a lightingeffect (e.g., light reflection 8136 on the lenses of the glasses).

In FIG. 8BO, device 600 detects input 8138 (e.g., touch gesture) onglasses option 8112 b. As shown in FIG. 8BP, device 600 removes border8134 from glasses option 8112 a and displays it around glasses option8112 b, in response to detecting input 8138 on glasses option 8112 b. Inaddition, device 600 modifies avatar 805 and hat options 8108 (shown inFIG. 8BV) to include avatar glasses 8140 corresponding to the glassesstyle displayed in selected glasses option 8112 b. Device 600 alsomodifies an appearance of avatar 805 based on the selected avatarfeature option (e.g., glasses 8140).

For example, as shown in FIGS. 8BO and 8BP, device 600 adjusts (e.g.,modifies) the position of a portion 8145 of avatar hair 851, in responseto detecting selection of avatar glasses option 8112 b, and displaysavatar glasses 8140 positioned on the face of avatar 805. Modifiedportion 8145 of avatar hair 851 is displayed pushed aside to accommodateframe 8140-1 of avatar glasses 8140. Additionally, device 600 produces alighting effect on avatar 805 by displaying shadow 8147 adjacentmodified portion 8145 of avatar hair 851 and displaying shadow 8142under the avatar's eyes. Device 600 displays shadows 8142 and 8147 toillustrate the lighting effect caused by adding avatar glasses 8140 toavatar 805. The lighting effect can also be illustrated by displayingreflection 8150 (similar to light reflection 8136) on the lenses ofavatar glasses 8140 (see FIG. 8BT). In some embodiments, the lightingeffect is determined based on a position of avatar 805, glasses 8140,and hair 851 with respect to a light source (e.g., a light sourcedetected in the field of view of camera 602 or a simulated lightsource).

In response to detecting input 8138, device 600 also expands glassescharacteristic 8110 to display color options for both the frame 8140-1and lenses 8140-2 (e.g., see FIG. 8BT) of selected glasses 8140. Framecolor options 894 include various color options (including expandablecolor picker option 894-2) that can be selected to change the color ofglasses frame 8140-1. Lenses color options 896 include various coloroptions that can be selected to change aspects of the lenses 8140-2 ofglasses 8140. In some embodiments, frame color options 894 include anexpandable color picker option (e.g., 894-2). In some embodiments,lenses color options 896 do not include an expandable color pickeroption.

In FIG. 8BQ, device 600 detects input 895 on frame color option 894-1,and displays frame color slider 897 in FIG. 8BR. Frame color slider 897is similar to other color sliders discussed herein and can be used toadjust a color (or other aspects) of glasses frame 8140-1 in accordancewith the various color slider embodiments discussed herein. In someembodiments, selecting a frame color option 894 also changes the colorof frame 8140-1 of glasses 8140. In FIG. 8BQ, however, color option894-1 corresponds to a current color of frame 8140-1 that has beenpreviously selected and modified (e.g., using frame color slider 897).Thus, when device 600 displays frame color slider 897, the color slideris displayed having the previously modified settings (e.g., selectoraffordance 897-1 is positioned to the far left end of track 897-2, andcolor option 894-1 matches the color setting for slider 897), as shownin FIG. 8BQ.

In FIG. 8BS, device 600 detects input 898 on lenses color option 896-1,and displays lenses color slider 899 (in addition to frame color slider897), as shown in FIG. 8BT. Device 600 also zooms out and rotates thedisplayed view of avatar 805 so that glasses lenses 8140-2 are shown.Avatar's eyes are slightly visible through lenses 8140-2 and reflections8150 are shown on the lenses 8140-2. In some embodiments, when a firstslider (e.g., slider 897) is displayed, and device 600 detects aselection of a color option (e.g., 896-1) associated with a differentfeature than the first slider, device hides the first slider anddisplays a second slider (e.g., slider 899) for the selected coloroption for the different feature.

Lenses color slider 899 is similar to other sliders discussed herein andcan be used to adjust a color (or other aspects) of glasses lenses8140-2 in accordance with the various slider embodiments discussedherein. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 8BT, lenses color slider899 controls an opacity of lenses 8140-2 (although it could be used tocontrol or adjust a color or other color properties discussed herein).In response to detecting movement of selector affordance 899-1 alongtrack 899-2, device 600 modifies an opacity of lenses 8140-2. Forexample, as selector affordance 899-1 is moved towards end 899-3, device600 increases the opacity of lenses 8140-2. As selector affordance 899-1is moved towards end 899-4, device 600 decreases the opacity of lenses8140-2. As shown in FIG. 8BT, lenses 8140-2 have an opacitycorresponding to the middle position of selector affordance 899-1 intrack 899-2. When selector affordance 899-1 is moved to end 899-4,lenses 8140-2 have little or no opacity, as shown in FIG. 8BU.

In some embodiments, both frame color slider 897 and lenses color slider899 adjust their respective avatar features in a same manner. Forexample, frame color slider 897 modifies color option 894-1 from acooler tone to a warmer tone when selector affordance 897-1 moves to theleft, and lenses color slider 899 modifies color option 896-1 from acooler tone to a warmer tone when selector affordance 899-1 moves to theleft. As another example, frame color slider 897 modifies color option894-1 by increasing a first color value (e.g., red) when selectoraffordance 897-1 moves to the left and increasing a second color value(e.g., green) when selector affordance 897-1 moves to the right, andlenses color slider 899 modifies color option 896-1 by increasing thefirst color value when selector affordance 899-1 moves to the left andincreasing the second color value when selector affordance 899-1 movesto the right.

In FIG. 8BU, device 600 detects vertical scrolling gesture 8157, andvertically scrolls avatar characteristics region 804 to display hatscharacteristic 8106 including hat options 8108, which are updated withglasses in accordance with the selections discussed above.

In FIG. 8BV, device 600 detects horizontal scrolling gesture 8158, andhorizontally scrolls hat options 8108 to reveal headband hat option 8108d and cap option 8108 e in FIG. 8BW.

In FIG. 8BX, device 600 detects input 8159 on headband hat option 8108d, and displays avatar 805 updated in FIG. 8BY to include headband 8160corresponding to selected headband hat option 8108 d. Headband 8160compresses avatar hair 851 to the avatar head, and reshapes the hair toconform to a hatline 8118 of the headband. This gives the appearancethat the avatar's hair 851 is both compressed by the headband (e.g.,tucked under the headband) and protruding (e.g., puffing out) over thetop of headband 8160 (e.g., over an upper hatline 8118-1 of theheadband) and underneath it (e.g., under a lower hatline 8118-2 of theheadband).

Avatar 805 is also displayed moving in response to a detected pose of auser's face (e.g., detected in camera 602). As a user moves their head,device 600 modifies avatar 805 in real time to mirror the user'smovements. As the avatar 805 moves, earrings 8125 and avatar hair 851sway in response to movement of the avatar head. In some embodiments, asdevice 600 modifies avatar 805 to mirror the real-time movements of theuser, device 600 also modifies the lighting effects on avatar 805,including moving displayed locations of reflections 8150 and shadows8142 based on a relative position of a modeled light source and avatar805 (and selected avatar features such as avatar glasses 8140).

For example, in FIG. 8BX, device 600 displays avatar 805 in its defaultposition (e.g., not magnified or rotated), and having avatar glasses8140, with reflections 8150 on the lenses of avatar glasses 8140 andshadows 8142 positioned on the avatar's face beneath the avatar glasses.As device 600 modifies avatar 805 in response to movement of the user'sface in FIG. 8BY, reflections 8150 move to different locations in thelenses and shadows (e.g., 8142) move on the face or disappear (in someembodiments, movement of hair 851 results in new shadows appearingdynamically on the avatar's face).

In some embodiments, device 600 modifies the physical movement of avatarfeatures (e.g., such as avatar hair 851) based on the features appliedto the avatar. For example, as shown in FIG. 8BY, headband 8160 ispositioned on avatar 805 compressing hair 851 at lower hatline 8118-2.As avatar 805 moves, hair 851 swings out from lower hatline 8118-2because headband 8160 compresses hair 851 at the lower hatline,restricting its movement. If the avatar was not wearing headband 8160,the avatar hair would swing out from the avatar's head at a higherposition on the avatar head because there would be no headband tocompress the avatar hair 851 to the avatar head at a lower position(e.g., at lower hatline 8118-2).

In some embodiments, if the user's face is not detected in the field ofview of the camera (e.g., 602) for a threshold amount of time, device600 stops modifying the avatar and displays a prompt indicating thatface tracking is stopped and instructing the user to resume facetracking. For example, FIG. 6BZ shows avatar 805 in a neutral positionin the center of avatar display region 803, with brackets 8162 displayedaround the avatar and text 8164 instructing the user to resume facetracking. In some embodiments, device 600 resumes tracking the user'sface (and modifying avatar 805) in response to detecting various inputssuch as a user lifting device 600 (e.g., detected with gyroscope 536,motion sensor 538, accelerometer 534, etc.) or an input on display 601.In FIG. 8BZ, device 600 detects touch input 8166 on the avatar displayregion 803, and resumes face tracking as shown in FIG. 8CA.

In some embodiments, device 600 modifies some avatar features inresponse to changing other avatar features. For example, FIGS. 8CA and8CB demonstrate how device 600 modifies hat options 8108 when differenthairstyles or hair textures are selected for avatar 805. FIG. 8CA showsavatar 805 and hat options 8108 when avatar 805 has short, wavy hair851-1 (e.g., a short hairstyle and wavy hair texture are selected inaccordance with the embodiments discussed herein). FIG. 8CB shows avatar805 and hat options 8108 when avatar 805 has long, curly hair 851-2(e.g., a long hairstyle and curly hair texture are selected inaccordance with the embodiments discussed herein). Avatar hair 851-2 hasgreater volume than avatar hair 851-1. When device 600 modifies avatar805 from short, wavy hair 851-1 to long, curly hair 851-2, device 600updates the sizes of headband 8160 and hat options 8108 based on thechanging hair volume, but maintains a common hatline 8118 for all of thehat options 8108.

For example, in FIG. 8CA, hair 851-1 is a smaller, less voluminous hairfeature, so device 600 displays headband 8160 having a smaller size(e.g., headband 8160 and hatline 8118 have a smaller circumference) thatconforms to the avatar head. When avatar 805 is updated with avatar hair851-2, device 600 increases the size of headband 8160 to accommodate theincreased volume of hair 851-2 (e.g., headband 8160 and hatline 8118have a greater circumference), as shown in FIG. 8CB. Additionally,because avatar hair 851-2 is a longer hairstyle, device 600 modifies thehair to stick out farther from hatline 8118 (compared to hair 851-1shown in FIG. 8CA) when a hat is shown on avatar 805.

In addition, device 600 updates the displayed feature options based onthe changed hair. For example, hat options 8108 shown in FIG. 8CA have asmaller size than the hat options 8108 shown in FIG. 8CB. Thus, device600 increases the sizes of the hat options when the larger hair 851-2 isapplied to avatar 805. Similarly, a hat that is applied to avatar 805 islarger when avatar has hair 851-2, than when avatar 805 has hair 851-1(e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8CC and 8CD). In some embodiments, although thesizes of hat options 8108 change, all hat options 8108 have a commonhatline 8118, and all hat options 8108 affect the shape of avatar hair851 based on the respective hat being positioned on the avatar head asdiscussed above.

In some embodiments, when different avatar options are selected, the newselected avatar option is modified based on avatar features alreadypresent on the avatar. For example, in FIG. 8CA, avatar hair 851-1 ismodified to accommodate avatar glasses 8140 as discussed above withrespect to FIG. 8BP. When new avatar hair 851-2 is applied to avatar 805in FIG. 8CB, the new avatar hair 851-2 is modified similar to avatarhair 851-1 to accommodate avatar glasses 8140. As another example, whenan avatar hat option 8108 is selected, the size of the selected hatoption is determined based on the current state of avatar hair 851(e.g., hat options 8108 are displayed smaller when avatar 805 has avatarhair 851-1, and larger when avatar 805 has hair 851-2).

In FIG. 8CB, device 600 detects input 8168 on cap option 8108 e. In FIG.8CC, device 600 modifies avatar 805 to include cap 8170 corresponding tocap option 8108 e. Cap 8170 has a same hatline 8118 as other hat options(e.g., matching hatline 8118-2 for headband 8160), with avatar hair851-2 sticking out from hatline 8118 of cap 8170. Device 600 alsodisplays large shadow 8172 under the bill of cap 8170.

In FIG. 8CD, device 600 returns to avatar hair 851-1. Because avatarhair 851-1 is less voluminous than avatar hair 851-2, device 600 reducesthe size of cap 8170 and the other displayed hat options 8108. Becausehair 851-1 is a shorter hairstyle, device 600 also modifies the avatarhair 851 to stick out less from hatline 8118 than hair 851-2 in FIG.8CC.

In FIG. 8CE, device 600 detects movement of the user's head and modifiesavatar 805 accordingly (e.g., turning the head and cap 8170 sideways tomatch the pose of the subject's head). When avatar 805 turns to theside, large shadow 8172 moves across the avatar's face in response tomovement of the bill of cap 8170 relative to the modeled light source,and reflections 8150 move to the other side of the lenses 8140-2.

Device 600 also detects input 8152 (e.g., touch gesture) on doneaffordance 8154. In response, device 600 closes the avatar editing userinterface and displays avatar 805 in avatar selection region 8156 of anapplication (e.g., a messaging application such as that discussed abovewith respect to FIGS. 6A-6AN), as shown in FIG. 8CF. Avatar 805 can beselected for use in the application (e.g., to send to John).

FIG. 9 is a flow diagram illustrating a method for displaying an avatarediting user interface, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 900is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with a displayapparatus. Some operations in method 900 are, optionally, combined, theorders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operationsare, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 900 provides an intuitive way for displayingan avatar editing user interface. The method reduces the cognitiveburden on a user for managing avatars, thereby creating a more efficienthuman-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,enabling a user to modify characteristics of an avatar using an avatarediting user interface faster and more efficiently conserves power andincreases the time between battery charges.

The electronic device displays (902), via the display apparatus, anavatar editing user interface (e.g., 801) that includes concurrentlydisplaying: an avatar (904) (e.g., 805) having a plurality of avatarfeatures (e.g., avatar hair, facial features (avatar lips, eyes, nose,etc.), accessories (e.g., earrings, sunglasses, hats)), a first optionselection region (904) (e.g., 808) for a respective avatar feature, anda second option selection region (906) (e.g., 810) for the respectiveavatar feature.

The first option selection region (e.g., 808) for a respective avatarfeature (e.g., a visually distinguished region that includes optionsselectable for modifying an avatar feature) includes (904) a first setof feature options (e.g., displayed representations of availablemodifications of a corresponding avatar feature) corresponding to a setof candidate values for a first characteristic (e.g., face shape, lipsize, hair color, etc.) of the respective (e.g., currently selected)avatar feature. In some examples, the option selection regions (e.g.,808, 810) are configured to scroll vertically. In some examples, thefeature options include graphical depictions of different featureoptions that may be selected to customize aspects of a particular avatarfeature. In some examples, the feature options (e.g., 809) areconfigured to scroll horizontally. In some examples, the optionselection regions (e.g., 808, 810) are configured to scroll along anaxis that is different from the axis along which the feature options(e.g., 809) are configured to scroll, such as axes that areperpendicular to each other.

The second option selection region (e.g., 810) for the respective avatarfeature includes (906) a second set of feature options corresponding toa set of candidate values for a second characteristic of the respective(e.g., currently selected) avatar feature. The second characteristic ofthe respective avatar feature is different from the first characteristicof the respective avatar feature.

In response (910) to detecting a selection (e.g., 850) of one of thefeature options (e.g., 834 b) in the first set of feature options (e.g.,a user selection of a “wavy hair” feature option from the “hair texture”characteristic of a “hair” avatar feature), the electronic devicechanges (912) an appearance of at least one of the second set of featureoptions (e.g., 810) from a first appearance (e.g., 836 b) to a secondappearance (e.g., 836 b′) (e.g., of the second set of feature options).In some examples, a displayed feature option showing an avatar hairstyletransitions from a first appearance of the avatar's hair (e.g., a statein which the avatar's hair has a straight texture) to the secondappearance in which the avatar's hair has a wavy texture.

Changing an appearance of at least one of the second set of featureoptions from a first appearance to a second appearance in response todetecting a selection of one of the feature options in the first set offeature options provides the user with feedback about the current stateof the avatar and the available avatar feature options and providesvisual feedback to the user confirming the selection of the one of thefeature options in the first set of feature options. Providing improvedvisual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, changing an appearance of at leastone of the second set of feature options (e.g., 836) from the firstappearance (e.g., 836 b) to the second appearance (e.g., 836 b′)includes changing (914) an appearance at least two of the second set offeature options (e.g., from an appearance that corresponds to the firstoption from the first set of feature options to an appearance thatcorresponds to the second option from the second set of featureoptions).

In accordance with some embodiments, in response (910) to detecting theselection of the one of the feature options in the first set of featureoptions, foregoing (918) changing the appearance of the first set offeature options from the first appearance (e.g., 834) to the secondappearance (e.g., 836 b′). Foregoing changing the appearance of thefirst set of feature options from the first appearance (e.g., 834) tothe second appearance (e.g., 836 b′) in response to detecting theselection of the one of the feature options in the first set of featureoptions provides the user with visual feedback indicating that the firstset of feature options are not affected or updated in response todetecting the selection of the one of the first set of feature options.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second appearance of the atleast one of the second set of feature options (e.g., 836 b) is based onthe selected one of the feature options (e.g., 834 b) in the first setof feature options (e.g., the device determines a first characteristicvalue corresponding to the selected one of the feature options in thefirst set of feature options and updates the at least one of the secondset of feature options based on the first characteristic value).

In accordance with some embodiments, displaying at least one of thesecond set of feature options (e.g., 836 b) changing from the firstappearance to the second appearance includes a determination that the atleast one of the second set of feature options includes at least aportion of an avatar feature corresponding to the selected one of thefirst set of feature options (e.g., when a hair texture option isselected, a plurality of hairstyle options change to show the selectedhair texture if those hairstyle options include a representation of hair(e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8R to 8S). In some embodiments, feature optionsdo not change if those feature options do not include a portion of afeature that is changed by the selected feature option. For example,when a hair texture option is selected, a “bald” hairstyle option doesnot change in appearance because the “bald” hairstyle option does notinclude a representation of avatar hair.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting theselection of the one of the feature options (e.g., 834 b) in the firstset of feature options, in accordance with a determination that a secondone (e.g., 836 a) of the second set of feature options does not includeat least a second portion of an avatar feature corresponding to theselected one of the first set of feature options, the electronic devicemaintains the appearance of the second one of the second set of featureoptions. (e.g., when a hair color option is selected, a plurality ofhairstyle options change if those hairstyle options include arepresentation of hair, but a “bald” hairstyle option does not change inappearance because the “bald” hairstyle does not include arepresentation of hair, as shown in FIGS. 8V to 8AC).

Maintaining the appearance of the second one of the second set offeature options in accordance with a determination that the second oneof the second set of feature options does not include at least thesecond portion of the avatar feature corresponding to the selected oneof the first set of feature options provides the user with visualfeedback indicating that the second one of the second set of featureoptions is not affected or updated in response to detecting selection ofthe one of the first set of feature options. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, changing the appearance of the atleast one of the second set of feature options (e.g., 836 b) from thefirst appearance to the second appearance includes displaying ananimation of the at least one of the second set of feature optionschanging from the first appearance to the second appearance (e.g., asshown in FIGS. 8R to 8AU). In some embodiments, an animation of thefeature options changing appearance includes enlarging a changingfeature option, showing the feature option changing (e.g., changing thetexture or color of the hair shown in the feature option), and thenshrinking the changed feature option to its original size. In someembodiments, this animated effect is performed in sequence for changingavatar features (e.g., a first feature option changes before a secondfeature option in the second set of feature options) in an order of thechanging feature options (e.g., top-to-bottom and left-to-right) to givean animated ripple effect to the changing of feature options.

Displaying an animation of the at least one of the second set of featureoptions changing from the first appearance to the second appearanceprovides the user with feedback about the current state of the at leastone of the second set of feature options and provides visual feedback tothe user confirming the selection of one of the feature options in thefirst set of feature options. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the selected one of the featureoptions in the first set of feature options is a selected hair color(e.g., 832 a, red) in a first set of hair color options (e.g., 832) andthe at least one of the second set of feature options includes one ormore of a hair length option (e.g., long, medium, short), a hair typeoption (e.g., 834, curly, straight, wavy, etc.), and a hairstyle option(e.g., 836). In accordance with some embodiments, changing theappearance of at least one of the second set of feature options from thefirst appearance to the second appearance includes changing one or moreof the hair length option, the hair type option, and the hairstyleoption from a first hair color to the selected hair color (e.g., asshown in FIGS. 8P to 8AV). Changing one or more of the hair lengthoption, the hair type option, and the hairstyle option from a first haircolor to the selected hair color provides the user with feedback aboutthe current state of the avatar and the hair length option, the hairtype option, and the hairstyle option and provides visual feedback tothe user confirming the selection of the hair color option. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the selected one of the featureoptions (e.g., 834 b) in the first set of feature options (e.g., 834) isa selected hair type (e.g., curly, straight, wavy) in a first set ofhair type options, and the at least one of the second set of featureoptions includes one or more of a hair length option (e.g., long,medium, short, etc.) and a hairstyle option (e.g., 836 b). In accordancewith some embodiments, changing the appearance of at least one of thesecond set of feature options from the first appearance to the secondappearance includes changing one or more of the hair length option andthe hairstyle option from a first hair type to the selected hair type.Changing one or more of the hair length option and the hairstyle optionfrom a first hair type to the selected hair type provides the user withfeedback about the current state of the avatar and the hair lengthoption and the hairstyle option and provides visual feedback to the userconfirming the selection of the hair type option. Providing improvedvisual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second set of feature optionsincludes a plurality of feature options arranged in an order in which afirst feature option (e.g., 836 a) is before a second feature option(e.g., 836 b) in the order and the second feature option is before athird feature option (e.g., 836 c) in the order. In accordance with someembodiments, changing the appearance of at least one of the second setof feature options from a first appearance to a second appearanceincludes: displaying a first animated transition of the first featureoption of the second set of feature options from the first appearance tothe second appearance; after displaying at least a portion of the firstanimated transition of the first feature option to the secondappearance, starting a second animated transition of the second featureoption of the second set of feature options from the first appearance tothe second appearance; and after displaying at least a portion of thesecond animated transition of the second feature option to the secondappearance, starting a third animated transition of the third featureoption of the second set of feature options from the first appearance tothe second appearance. In some embodiments, the first animatedtransition overlaps with the second animated transition and the secondanimated transition overlaps with the third animated transition. In someembodiments, the first feature option is adjacent to the second featureoption which is adjacent to both the first feature option and the thirdfeature option.

Displaying the first animated transition, then starting a secondanimated transition after displaying at least a portion of the firstanimated transition, then starting the third animated transition afterdisplaying at least a portion of the second animated transition providesthe user with feedback about the current state of the changed appearanceof the first, second, and third feature options in the second set offeature options and provides visual feedback to the user indicating anorder in which the first, second, and third feature options aretransitioned. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhancesthe operability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, changing the appearance of at leastone of the second set of feature options from the first appearance tothe second appearance comprises: enlarging a size of a first one of thesecond set of feature options (e.g., 836 b′) and then reducing (e.g., toits original size) the size of the first one of the second set offeature options (e.g., 836 b); and enlarging a size of a second one ofthe second set of feature options (e.g., 836 c′) and then reducing(e.g., to its original size) the size of the second one of the secondset of feature options (e.g., 836 c). In some embodiments, the secondone of the feature options is enlarged before the first one of thefeature options is reduced to its original size (e.g., the changing ofthe first and second feature options overlaps). Enlarging the sizes ofthe first and second ones of the second set of feature options providesthe user with feedback about the current state of the changed appearanceof the first and second ones of the second set of feature options andprovides visual feedback to the user indicating the first and secondones of the second set of feature options are changing. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Reducing the sizes of the first and second ones of the second set offeature options provides the user with feedback about the current stateof the changed appearance of the first and second ones of the second setof feature options and provides visual feedback to the user indicatingwhen the change is complete. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device detects achange in a face in a field of view of one or more cameras (e.g., 602)of the electronic device. The electronic device changes an appearance ofthe avatar (e.g., 805) based on the detected change in the face (e.g. inaddition to changing the appearance of the second set of featureoptions) (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8BD to 8BE). Changing the appearanceof the avatar based on the detected change in the face provides the userwith options for controlling modifications to a virtual avatar withoutrequiring displayed user interface control (e.g., touch control)elements. Providing additional control options without cluttering theuser interface with additional controls enhances the operability of thedevice making the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helpingthe user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, after the electronic device (e.g.,600) detects the change in the face (e.g., 673), the electronic devicedetermines that the face has not been detected in the field of view ofthe one or more cameras (e.g., 602) for a predetermined amount of time(e.g., ten seconds). In response to determining that the face has notbeen detected in the field of view of the one or more cameras for thepredetermined amount of time, the electronic device ceases changing theappearance of the avatar (e.g., 805) based on the detected change in theface (e.g., transitioning the avatar to a non-interactive (static) statein which the avatar does not change in response to detecting changes inthe face even if the face returns to the field of view of the one ormore cameras after tracking has stopped). After ceasing changing theappearance of the avatar, the electronic device detects an input (e.g.,8166) (e.g., an input directed to the user interface such as a gestureon the user interface (e.g., a tap gesture on a “tap to resume trackingface” affordance), detection of device lift, etc.). When the user's facehas not been detected in the field of view, the electronic device doesnot update the appearance of the avatar based on the detected change.Since the detected changes are not visible to the user, battery powerand processing resources of the electronic device are preserved by notthe changes. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In response to detecting the input (e.g., 8166), the electronic device(e.g., 600) resumes changing the appearance of the avatar (e.g., 805)based on the detected change in the face (e.g., 673) (e.g.,transitioning the avatar to an interactive state (e.g., 805 in FIG. 8CA)in which the avatar changes in response to detecting changes in theface). In some embodiments, transitioning the avatar to thenon-interactive state (e.g., 805 in FIG. 8BZ) includes displaying ananimation of the avatar transitioning from an appearance determinedbased on the detected face (e.g., 805 in FIG. 8BY) to a predeterminedappearance (e.g., 805 in FIG. 8BZ). In some embodiments, transitioningthe avatar to the interactive state includes displaying an animation ofthe avatar transitioning from a predetermined appearance to anappearance determined based on the detected face (e.g., 673). Detectinga movement of the device being raised indicates that changes in thedetected face should be reflected in the appearance of the avatar. Theappearance of the avatar provides feedback to the user indicating thetypes of characteristics of the avatar that can be customized. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to determining that theface (e.g., 673) has not been detected in the field of view of the oneor more cameras (e.g., 602) for the predetermined amount of time, theelectronic device (e.g., 600) displays an indication (e.g., 8164) (e.g.,a message) that the face is not being detected in the field of view ofthe one or more cameras. In some embodiments, the indication is amessage that informs the user of an action that can be taken to resumeface tracking (e.g., “show your face,” “tap to resume,” etc.). In someembodiments, the indication is an animation indicating that the avatar(e.g., 805) is no longer being changed in response to detected changesin the user's face (e.g., an animation of the avatar transitioning to astatic state). When the face is not detected in the field of view, theuser is notified by a displayed indication that the face is notdetected. This provides feedback to the user so that the user may takeaction to resume face tracking and informs the user of an action thatcan be taken to resume the face tracking (otherwise, the user may not beaware that the device has stopped face tracking or understand how toresume the tracking). Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently. Stopping face tracking when the user is not detectedalso saves power and reduces wear and tear on the device (including theface tracking sensors). The notification informs the user how to resumetracking that was stopped to save power and reduce wear and tear on thedevice (including the face tracking sensors).

In some embodiments, the input is detecting (e.g., via an accelerometerand/or gyroscope of the electronic device) the device (e.g., 600) beingraised (e.g., a user is picking up the device and, optionally, theuser's face (e.g., 673) is detected in the field of view of the one ormore cameras (e.g., 602)). In some embodiments, the input is a gesture(e.g., 8166) (e.g., a tap or swipe gesture) directed to the avatarediting user interface (e.g., 801). In some embodiments the gesture isan input anywhere on the user interface, including, for example,selection of an option, navigation to a new section of the userinterface, selection of an affordance (e.g., a “begin tracking facialmovements” affordance).

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device changes anappearance of the avatar based on an input (e.g., a gesture on theavatar to rotate or adjust a magnification of the avatar, or a detectedchange in a face in a field of view of a camera) (e.g., as shown in 8BGto 8BI). Changing the appearance of the avatar based on the inputincludes moving one or more of the plurality of avatar features (e.g.,8125) in accordance with one or more physics models (e.g., a model ofinertia, a model of gravity, a force transfer model, a friction model).In some embodiments, the physics model specifies a magnitude anddirection of movement of an avatar feature based on a magnitude anddirection of the input (e.g., a gesture on the avatar to rotate oradjust a magnification of the avatar, or movement of the face or aportion of the face) and one or more predefined properties of thevirtual avatar feature such as a simulated mass, simulated elasticity,simulated coefficient of friction or other simulated physical property.

Moving one or more of the avatar features based on a physics model forthe virtual avatar enables the user to create a realistic andinteractive virtual avatar that can communicate a wider range ofnon-verbal information. This enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to communicate an intended message using more realistic movementsof the virtual avatar) which, additionally, reduces power usage andimproves battery life of the device by enabling the user to use thedevice more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device detects agesture (e.g., a pinch/de-pinch gesture, a swipe gesture) on the avatar(e.g., 805). In response to detecting the gesture on the avatar: inaccordance with a determination that the gesture corresponds to agesture of a first type (e.g., a pinch/de-pinch gesture), the electronicdevice adjusts a zoom level of the avatar based on the gesture (e.g.,zoom-in on the displayed avatar if the gesture is a de-pinch gesture,and zoom-out from the displayed avatar if the gesture is a pinchgesture); and in accordance with a determination that the gesturecorresponds to a gesture of a second type (e.g., a swipe gesture), theelectronic device adjusts an orientation of the avatar based on thegesture (e.g., rotate the avatar in a direction corresponding to adirection of the swipe gesture) (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8BG to 8BK). Inresponse to detecting a selection of one of the feature options in thefirst set of feature options, the electronic device updates the avatarbased on the selected feature option. In some embodiments, the zoom androtate features are available when adding accessories to the avatar. Forexample, when the respective avatar feature corresponds to an avataraccessories feature, the first and/or second option selection regionsinclude feature options corresponding to cosmetic enhancements (e.g.,scars, birthmarks, freckles, tattoos, and paint schemes (e.g.,corresponding to sports teams, makeup, etc.)). The zoom and rotateoperations display the avatar at different zoom levels and angles sothat the user can accurately place the selected feature options (e.g.,cosmetic enhancements) on the avatar.

Adjusting the zoom level of the avatar based on the gesture provides theuser with options for controlling modifications to the display of theavatar without requiring displayed user interface control (e.g., touchcontrol) elements. Providing additional control options withoutcluttering the user interface with additional controls enhances theoperability of the device making the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

Adjusting the orientation of the avatar based on the gesture providesthe user with options for controlling modifications to the display ofthe avatar without requiring displayed user interface control (e.g.,touch control) elements. Providing additional control options withoutcluttering the user interface with additional controls enhances theoperability of the device making the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, a respective feature option (e.g.,a feature option of the first or second sets of feature options)includes a representation of the respective (e.g., currently selected)avatar feature. The representation of the respective avatar feature isdisplayed having an enlarged view (e.g., zoomed-in) in comparison to therespective avatar feature of the displayed avatar. In some embodiments,the feature option corresponds to the avatar nose and includes azoomed-in view of the avatar's nose and surrounding facial region, whencompared to the avatar nose and surrounding facial region of thedisplayed avatar. In some embodiments, the second set of feature optionsincludes one or more enlarged views of avatar features.

In accordance with some embodiments, a second respective feature option(e.g., 8116) includes a representation of the respective avatar featureand excludes (e.g., does not display) at least a portion of a differentavatar feature (e.g., an avatar feature that, when displayed, obscuresat least a portion of the respective avatar feature being modified usingthe respective feature options) (e.g., as shown in FIG. 8BB). In someembodiments, the feature option corresponds to avatar ears, and therepresentation of the avatar ears displayed in the feature optionincludes the avatar ears, but omits other avatar features, such asavatar hair that would, if displayed, obscure at least a portion of theavatar ears displayed in the feature option.

In accordance with some embodiments, displaying the avatar editing userinterface further includes displaying an avatar feature subregion (e.g.,a scrollable, textual listing of avatar feature options) (e.g., 807)including a plurality of affordances (e.g., 809) corresponding to avatarfeatures (e.g., face, hair, eyes, accessories, etc.). The plurality ofaffordances include a first selected affordance (e.g., 809 a, 809 b, 809c, 809 d) corresponding to the respective (e.g., a currently selected)avatar feature (e.g., the “hair” affordance 809 b is highlighted to showthe hair avatar feature is currently selected).

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting theselection of the one of the feature options (e.g., 814 b) in the firstset of feature options (e.g., 814), the electronic device displays ananimation of a visual effect (e.g., highlighting hair affordance 809 bin FIG. 8F) associated with a second one of the plurality of affordancescorresponding to avatar features. In some embodiments, after a firstselection of a feature option, an animation is displayed on anaffordance corresponding to a different avatar feature than thecurrently selected avatar feature, prompting a user to select theaffordance to display an avatar editing user interface for the differentavatar feature.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting selectionof a second affordance (e.g., an “accessories” affordance 809D), thesecond affordance corresponding to a second avatar feature (e.g., avataraccessories), the electronic device: updates the first option selectionregion to display an updated first set of feature options (e.g.,displayed earrings options) corresponding to a set of candidate values(e.g., different earring options such as hoop earrings, stud earrings,or no earrings) for a first characteristic (e.g., an earringcharacteristic) of the second avatar feature, and updates the secondoption selection region to display an updated second set of featureoptions (e.g., displayed hat options) corresponding to a set ofcandidate values (e.g., no hat, cowboy hat, headband, etc.) for a secondcharacteristic (e.g., a hat characteristic) of the second avatar feature(e.g., as shown in FIGS. 8BA to 8BB).

Updating the first and second option selection regions in response todetecting selection of the second affordance corresponding to the secondavatar feature provides the user with feedback confirming selection ofthe second avatar feature and provides visual feedback to the userindicating the avatar feature options available for the second avatarfeature. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar feature subregion (e.g.,807) is displayed in a first region (e.g., 803) of the avatar editinguser interface. The first option selection region (e.g., 808) and thesecond option selection region (e.g., 810) are displayed in a secondregion (e.g., 804) of the avatar editing user interface, the secondregion displayed positioned below the first region.

In accordance with some embodiments, the first set of feature optionsincludes a plurality of color affordances corresponding to colors, theplurality of color affordances including a first selected coloraffordance corresponding to a color of the respective (e.g., currentlyselected) avatar feature (e.g., as shown in FIG. 8W).

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting aselection of one of the plurality of color affordances (e.g., 832), theelectronic device displays a color picker user interface (e.g., 888,892, 856, 822) (e.g., a user interface displaying colors that can beselected to modify the color of the selected color affordance) having aselected color corresponding to the selected color affordance and aplurality of other color options that are not included in the pluralityof color affordances. In some embodiments, the color picker UI isdisplayed having a selected color that corresponds to the selected coloraffordance. The user can then adjust the color picker UI to refine theselected color or choose an entirely different color altogether. In someembodiments, displaying the color picker user interface includesreplacing at least one of the first option selection region or thesecond option selection region with the color picker user interface. Insome embodiments, the color picker UI replaces the first and secondoption selection regions with an animation showing the color picker UIsliding onto the screen (and over the first and second option selectionregions) from a particular direction (e.g., bottom of screen, left sideof screen, right side of screen, etc.). In some embodiments, the colorpicker UI is a pop-up screen that is displayed over the first and secondoption selection regions.

In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that theplurality of color affordances (e.g., 812) correspond to colors for anavatar skin tone feature, the plurality of color affordances includes anexpanded set of color affordances (e.g., shown in FIG. 8A) correspondingto colors for the avatar skin tone feature (e.g., an expanded colorpalette for selected an avatar skin tone). In some embodiments, theexpanded color palette excludes an option (e.g., similar to 832) forexpanding or reducing the size of the color palette when the colorscorrespond to an avatar skin tone feature. In some embodiments, theplurality of color affordances are not scrollable in a horizontaldirection when displayed in an expanded state.

In accordance with some embodiments, the plurality of color affordancescorrespond to colors for an avatar feature of a first type (e.g., 828)(e.g., an avatar feature other than an avatar skin tone feature). Insome embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays a firstportion (e.g., 882) of the plurality of color affordances. In someembodiments, the electronic device detects a gesture (e.g., a swipegesture) on the plurality of color affordances (e.g., a swipe gesture onthe color affordances). In response to detecting the gesture, theelectronic device ceases to display the first portion of coloraffordances and displays a second portion of color affordances (e.g.,scrolling the plurality of color affordances to reveal additional coloraffordances). In some embodiments, the second portion of coloraffordances including an affordance (e.g., 886) corresponding to anexpanded set (e.g., 888) of color affordances different from the firstportion of color affordances and the second portion of coloraffordances. Displaying an animation of the avatar transitioning from aninteractive state to a non-interactive state provides visual feedback ofthe avatar's non-interactive appearance. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, at least one of the firstcharacteristic or the second characteristic corresponds to a featureshape (e.g., face shape, nose shape, ear shape, etc.) of the respectiveavatar feature (e.g., avatar face).

In accordance with some embodiments, the respective avatar feature is anavatar face (e.g., FIG. 8B). The first characteristic and the secondcharacteristic are selected from a group consisting of: head shape, skincolor, nose size, nose shape, lip shape, lip color, ear size, facialhair style, and age.

In accordance with some embodiments, the respective avatar feature isavatar hair (e.g., FIG. 8O). The first characteristic and the secondcharacteristic are selected from a group consisting of: hair color,hairstyle, length, hair type (e.g., curly, straight, wavy, etc.), hairpart (e.g., the position of a part in the avatar's hair), hair worn up,hair worn down (e.g., the vertical position of the hair on the avatar'shead), and hairline (e.g., receding, balding, widow's peak, mature, low,etc.).

In accordance with some embodiments, the respective avatar feature isavatar eyes. The first characteristic and the second characteristic areselected from a group consisting of: eye shape, eye color, eyelashes,and eyebrow shape.

In accordance with some embodiments, the respective avatar feature isaccessories (e.g., FIG. 8BB). The first characteristic and the secondcharacteristic are selected from a group consisting of: hats, glasses,earrings, and cosmetic enhancements (e.g., paint schemes (e.g.,corresponding to sports teams, makeup, etc.), tattoos, freckles,birthmarks, scars).

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting a verticalgesture (e.g., a vertical swipe gesture on the touch screen display at alocation corresponding to the avatar editing user interface) on theavatar editing user interface, the electronic device scrolls the avatarediting user interface in a vertical direction corresponding to thevertical gesture. Scrolling the avatar editing user interface includesscrolling the first option selection region and second option selectionregion in the direction of the vertical gesture while maintaining avertical position of a region including the displayed avatar (e.g., asshown in FIGS. 8AG to 8AH).

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting a gesture(e.g., 830) (e.g., a horizontal swipe gesture on the touch screendisplay at a location corresponding to the avatar, or a touch gesture onan affordance corresponding to one of the avatar features) on an avatarfeature subregion (e.g., 807) of the avatar editing user interface, theelectronic device: displays the avatar feature subregion changing from afirst appearance in which a first avatar feature (e.g., 809 a) isselected to a second appearance in which a second avatar feature (e.g.,809 b) is selected; ceases to display the first and second optionselection regions (e.g., 808, 810); displays a third option selectionregion (e.g., 838) having a plurality of feature options (e.g., 832)arranged in an order in which a first feature option is before a secondfeature option in the order and the second feature option is before athird feature option in the order; displays a fourth option selectionregion (e.g., 840) having a plurality of feature options (e.g., 834)arranged in an order in which a first feature option is before a secondfeature option in the order and the second feature option is before athird feature option in the order. Displaying the third option selectionregion includes displaying a first animation that includes displayingthe plurality of feature options of the third option selection region inorder. Displaying the fourth option selection region includes: afterdisplaying at least a portion of the first animation, starting a secondanimation that includes displaying the plurality of feature options ofthe fourth option selection region in order.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar is a first size (e.g.,an enlarged size) or a second size (e.g., a reduced size). Theelectronic device detects a gesture (e.g., a tap gesture on a featureoption or a vertical swipe gesture) on the avatar editing user interface(e.g., at a location corresponding to the first option selection regionor the second option selection region), In accordance with adetermination that the gesture corresponds to a selection (e.g., 869) ofa feature option (e.g., 836 f) in the first or second set of featureoptions, and the avatar is the second size (e.g., FIG. 8AN), theelectronic device displays the avatar transitioning from the second sizeto the first size (e.g., FIG. 8AO) (e.g., if the avatar is a reducedsize, and a feature option is selected, the avatar increases from thereduced size to an enlarged size as shown in FIGS. 8AN-8AO). Inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is a scroll gesture(e.g., a vertical swipe gesture on the first or second option selectionregion) and the avatar is the first size, the electronic device displaysthe avatar transitioning to the second size if the scroll gesturecorresponds to a first scroll direction (e.g., a downward scrollingdirection). In some embodiments, if the avatar is an enlarged size or anintermediate size, the avatar is condensed in response to detecting ascroll gesture in a downward scrolling direction. In some embodiments,if the avatar is the reduced size, the device does not further decreasethe size of the avatar in response to a scroll gesture in the downwardscrolling direction. In some embodiments, the device also scrolls thefirst and second option selection regions in response to a scrollgesture.). In accordance with a determination that the gesture is thescroll gesture and the avatar is the second size, the electronic devicedisplays the avatar transitioning to the first size if the scrollgesture corresponds to a second scroll direction (e.g., an upwardscrolling direction) opposite the first direction. In some embodiments,if the avatar is a reduced size or an intermediate size, the avatar isenlarged in response to detecting a scroll gesture in an upwardscrolling direction. In some embodiments, if the avatar is the enlargedsize, the device does not further increase the size of the avatar inresponse to a scroll gesture in the upward scrolling direction. In someembodiments, the device also scrolls the first and second optionselection regions in response to a scroll gesture.

In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a determinationthat the gesture is the scroll gesture and the avatar is the first size,the electronic device foregoes displaying the avatar transitioning tothe second size if the scroll gesture corresponds to the second scrolldirection. In some embodiments, the avatar (e.g., 805) is condensed onlywhen the scroll gesture is in a downward scrolling direction.

In accordance with some embodiments, prior to detecting the selection(e.g., 820) of the one of the feature options (e.g., 812), the avatar(e.g., 805) is displayed with a skin color that changes over timethrough a plurality of different color values (e.g., the avatar isdisplayed oscillating back and forth between two or more colors overtime). In some embodiments, prior to detecting the selection of the oneof the feature options, the avatar is displayed in a non-interactivestate (e.g., 805 in FIG. 8A) (e.g., a static state in which the avatarhas a predetermined appearance that does not change in response todetected changes in a user's face (e.g., 673)). In some embodiments, inresponse to detecting an input (e.g., 820) on the avatar editing userinterface (e.g., 801) (e.g., selection of an avatar skin color option(e.g., 812 a) from a plurality of user-selectable skin color options(e.g., 812)), the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays the avatarwithout the oscillating color effect (e.g., displaying the avatar with astatic color scheme/single color) and displays the avatar transitioningfrom the non-interactive state to an interactive state (e.g., a dynamicstate in which the avatar changes in response to detected changes in auser's face (e.g., detected via one or more cameras of the electronicdevice)).

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 900 (e.g., FIG. 9) are also applicable in an analogous manner tothe methods described below and above. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 900. The method 700 forediting an avatar can be incorporated in the method for navigating anavatar user interface. For example, in some embodiments, the navigationuser interface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the method 900described above with respect to FIG. 9. As additional examples, methods1000, 1100, 1200, and 1400 optionally include one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 900. For example, in some embodiments, the navigation userinterface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the methods describedbelow with respect to FIGS. 10-12. As another example, in someembodiments, the navigation user interface invokes a process formodifying a virtual avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethods described below with respect to FIGS. 14A and 14B. For brevity,these details are not repeated.

FIGS. 10A-10B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for displayingvisual effects in an avatar editing application using an electronicdevice in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1000 is performed ata device (e.g., 100, 300, 500, 600) with a display apparatus. Someoperations in method 1000 are, optionally, combined, the orders of someoperations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are,optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1000 provides an intuitive way for displayingvisual effects in an avatar editing application. The method reduces thecognitive burden on a user for applying visual effects to an imageviewed in an avatar editing application, thereby creating a moreefficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to display visual effects in an image fasterand more efficiently conserves power and increases the time betweenbattery charges.

In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) displays (1002),via the display apparatus (e.g., 601): a user interface object (e.g., avirtual avatar 805) including a respective feature (e.g., 851, 8140)having a first set of one or more colors (e.g., a default set of one ormore colors, including, in some embodiments, highlights, midtones,and/or shadows) and a plurality of color options (e.g., 832, 894) (e.g.,a plurality of affordances, each corresponding to a color) for therespective feature (e.g., a first avatar feature; e.g., avatar skintone, avatar eye color, avatar hair color, etc.). In some embodiments,the respective feature is an avatar skin tone. In some embodiments, therespective feature is an avatar eye color (e.g., 829). In someembodiments, the respective feature is an avatar hair color. Displayingan avatar with a respective feature that the user can change with coloroptions provides visual feedback to the user confirming that therespective feature of the avatar is in a state where the color may bechanged. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (1004) aselection (e.g., 895, 852) of a color option (e.g., 894-1, 832 a) of theplurality of color options (e.g., 894, 832) that corresponds to a secondcolor. In response to detecting the selection (1006): the electronicdevice changes (1008) the color of the respective feature (e.g., frames8140-1, avatar hair 851) to the color option (e.g., changing anappearance of an avatar feature option that displays the respectiveavatar feature; e.g., changing an appearance of a virtual avatar (e.g.,805) having the respective avatar feature), and displays (1010) a firstcolor adjustment control (e.g., 857, 897) (e.g., a slider userinterface) for the color option that corresponds to a second set of oneor more colors (e.g., a set of color changes resulting from changes toslider 857, 897). Displaying an avatar with a first color adjustmentcontrol provides visual feedback to the user confirming that therespective feature of the avatar has changed colors and is selected forfurther color modification. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently. Haptic feedback confirms that the changes have beenreceived. Providing haptic feedback informs the user that input wasreceived and that the change has been made.

In some embodiments, the first color adjustment control for the coloroption that corresponds to the second set of one or more colors includesa slider (e.g., 897) having a track (e.g., 897-2) and a thumb (e.g.,897-1) that moves in the track. In some embodiments, the input (e.g.,860) causes movement of the thumb in the track. In some embodiments, inresponse to detecting the input and in accordance with the thumb beingmoved to a predetermined position (e.g., 860′) (e.g., a midpoint of thetrack; a position that corresponds to a default value for the secondcolor), the device generates a haptic feedback. In some embodiments,movement of the thumb to positions other than the predetermined positiondoes not generate a haptic feedback that includes a tactile output.

While the respective feature (e.g., 851) of the user interface object(e.g., 805) has the second set of one or more colors (e.g., 832 a), theelectronic device detects (1012) an input (e.g., 860) (e.g., draggesture or tap gesture) that corresponds to the first color adjustmentcontrol. In response to detecting the input that corresponds to thefirst color adjustment control, the electronic device modifies (1014)the color of the respective feature from the second set of one or morecolors to a modified version of the second set of one or more colors(e.g., a modified color of the respective avatar feature) based on thesecond color. In some embodiments, the slider user interface modifies aproperty (e.g., a hue, saturation, value/lightness) of the base selectedcolor option. In some embodiments, the displayed color of the selectedcolor option is also modified in response to the input on the slideruser interface. In some embodiments, the plurality of color optionsincludes a color palette as described with respect to method 900 andFIGS. 8AX-8AY. The modified appearance of the avatar provides feedbackto the user indicating the types of characteristics of the avatar thatcan be customized. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting the input(e.g., 860) that corresponds to the first color adjustment control(e.g., 857), the electronic device (e.g. 600) modifies the color of thecolor option (e.g., 832 a) from the second color to the modified versionof the second set of one or more colors. In some embodiments, modifyingthe color of the respective feature (e.g., 851, 8140) from the secondset of one or more colors to the modified version of the second set ofone or more colors includes modifying a plurality of values (e.g.,highlight, midtone, shadows) for the second set of one or more colors.In some embodiments, modifying the color of the respective feature fromthe second set of one or more colors to the modified version of thesecond set of one or more colors is further based on a magnitude anddirection of the input (e.g., 860) that corresponds to the first coloradjustment control (e.g., the red value of the color increases more thefarther the input moves to the right and the green value of the colorincreases more the farther the input moves to the left).

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g. 600)displays (1016) a second plurality of color options (e.g., 896) for asecond feature (e.g., 8140-2) (e.g., a portion of the respective (first)avatar feature or a second avatar feature different from the respectiveavatar feature). Displaying an avatar with a second plurality of coloroptions for a second feature provides visual feedback to the user whenthe user changes the color of the second feature using the secondplurality of color options. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g., 600) detects (1018) aselection (e.g., 898) of a second color option (e.g., 896-1) of thesecond plurality of color options. In some embodiments, in response(1020) to detecting the selection of the second color option, theelectronic device changes (1022) a color of the second feature to thesecond color option and displays (1024) a second color adjustmentcontrol (e.g., 899) for the second color option that corresponds to athird set of one or more colors. Displaying the second color adjustmentcontrol provides visual feedback to the user that the color of thesecond feature may be changed with a different set of colors. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the respective feature and thesecond feature each correspond to portions of an avatar glasses feature(e.g., 8140), the plurality of color options (e.g., 884) correspond tocolors for a frame (e.g., 8140-1) of the avatar glasses, and the secondplurality of color options (e.g., 896) correspond to colors for lenses(e.g., 8140-2) of the avatar glasses. In some embodiments, theelectronic device (e.g., 600) detects an input that corresponds to thesecond color adjustment control. In response to detecting the input thatcorresponds to the second color adjustment control, the electronicdevice modifies an opacity of the lenses of the avatar glasses (e.g.,modifying the opacity of the lenses within a range from a maximum valuethat is completely reflective to a minimum value that is mostlytransparent with little reflection). The appearance of the avatarglasses provides feedback to the user indicating the types ofcharacteristics of the avatar that can be customized. Providing improvedvisual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of thesecond color option (e.g., 832 b), device (e.g., 600) ceases displaying(e.g., in response to detecting the selection of the second coloroption) the first color adjustment control (e.g., 857) for the coloroption (e.g., 832 a) that corresponds to the second set of one or morecolors (e.g., hiding the first color slider). In accordance with someembodiments, after ceasing to display (e.g., in response to detectingthe selection of the second color option) the first color adjustmentcontrol (e.g., 857) for the color option (e.g., 832 a) that correspondsto the second set of one or more colors, the electronic device (e.g.600) detects a subsequent selection (e.g., 871) of the color option(e.g., 832 a) of the plurality of color options that corresponds to thesecond color. In response to detecting the subsequent selection, theelectronic device resumes display of the first color adjustment controlfor the color option (e.g., see FIG. 8AT). In some embodiments, thefirst color adjustment control corresponds to the modified version ofthe second set of one or more colors (e.g., modifications of the colorslider (including changes to the slider and the modified version of thesecond set of one or more colors) persist until they are changed by asubsequent input changing the color slider). In some embodiments, thesetting of the color slider persists when the device navigates away fromthe displayed slider (e.g., by selecting a different avatar feature,selecting a different color affordance, scrolling the avatar options,etc.). In some embodiments, when the device navigates back to themodified slider (e.g., as shown in FIG. 8AT), the modified settings(e.g., position of the selector affordance and modified color) remainunchanged. Displaying the first color adjustment control again afterceasing to display the first color adjustment control provides visualfeedback to the user that the state of the user interface is back in amode where the color may be changed. Providing improved visual feedbackto the user enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, after ceasing to display the firstcolor adjustment control (e.g., 857) that corresponds to the second setof one or more colors, the electronic device maintains display of thecolor option (e.g., 832 a) of the plurality of color options having themodified version of the second set of one or more colors (e.g., as shownin FIG. 8AC).

In some embodiments, modifying the color of the respective feature fromthe second set of one or more colors to a modified version of the secondset of one or more colors based on the second color includes one or moreof the following steps. In accordance with a determination that theinput (e.g., 860) that corresponds to the first color adjustment control(e.g., 822) includes movement in a second direction, the device (e.g.,600) increases a red value of the second set of one or more colors. Inaccordance with a determination that the input that corresponds to thefirst color adjustment control includes movement in a third direction,increase a green value of the second set of one or more colors.

In some embodiments, while the respective feature of the user interfaceobject has the third set of one or more colors, the electronic device(e.g. 600) detects an input (e.g., drag gesture or tap gesture) thatcorresponds to the second color adjustment control (e.g., 899). Inresponse to detecting the input that corresponds to the second coloradjustment control, the electronic device modifies the color of therespective feature from the third set of one or more colors to amodified version of the third set of one or more colors (e.g., amodified color of the respective avatar feature) based on the secondcolor. In some embodiments, this includes one or more of the followingsteps. In accordance with a determination that the second input thatcorresponds to the second color adjustment control includes movement inthe second direction, increase a red value of the third set of one ormore colors. In accordance with a determination that the second inputthat corresponds to the second color adjustment control includesmovement in the third direction, increase a green value of the third setof one or more colors. Modifications of the set of colors are tied tothe movement of the user input. Providing improved visual feedback tothe user enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to a determination thatthe input that corresponds to the first color adjustment control (e.g.,897) includes a first direction, the electronic device (e.g. 600)modifies the second set of one or more colors in a first manner (e.g.,adjusting a color gradient of the second set of one or more colors in afirst direction (e.g., from cooler tones to warmer tones) based onmovement of the input on the first color slider in the first direction).In some embodiments, in response to a determination that a second inputthat corresponds to the second color adjustment control (e.g., 899)includes the first direction, modifying the third set of one or morecolors in the first manner (e.g., adjusting a gradient of the third setof one or more colors based on movement of the input on the second colorslider in the first direction (e.g., the same first direction as amovement of the first color slider), in the same manner as the gradientof the second set of one or more colors were adjusted (e.g., also fromcooler tones to warmer tones)). Modifications of the set of colors aretied to the movement of the user input. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1000 (e.g., FIG. 10) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto the methods described below and above. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1000. The method 700for editing an avatar can be incorporated in the method for navigatingan avatar user interface. For example, in some embodiments, thenavigation user interface invokes a process for creating or editing acustomizable avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the method1000 described above with respect to FIG. 10. As additional examples,methods 900, 1100, 1200, and 1400 optionally include one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1000. For example, in some embodiments, the navigation userinterface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the methods describedbelow with respect to FIGS. 11-12. As another example, in someembodiments, the navigation user interface invokes a process formodifying a virtual avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethods described below with respect to FIGS. 14A and 14B. For brevity,these details are not repeated.

FIGS. 11A and 11B are a flow diagram illustrating a method fordisplaying an avatar editing user interface, in accordance with someembodiments. Method 1100 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500,600) with a display apparatus. Some operations in method 1100 are,optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally,changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1100 provides an intuitive way for displayingan avatar editing user interface. The method reduces the cognitiveburden on a user for managing avatars, thereby creating a more efficienthuman-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,enabling a user to modify characteristics of an avatar using an avatarediting user interface faster and more efficiently conserves power andincreases the time between battery charges.

The electronic device (e.g. 600) displays (1102), via the displayapparatus (e.g. 601), an avatar editing user interface (e.g., 801) thatincludes displaying (1104): an avatar (e.g., 805) having a plurality ofavatar features (e.g., avatar hair, facial features (avatar lips, eyes,nose, etc.), accessories (e.g., earrings, sunglasses, hats)) including afirst avatar feature (e.g., skin tone) having a first set of one or morecolors and a second avatar feature (e.g., 827, 829) (e.g., facial hair,eyebrows, lips) having a set of one or more colors based on the firstset of one or more colors and different from the first set of one ormore colors. Displaying the avatar editing user interface also includesdisplaying (1106) a plurality of color options (e.g., 812) (e.g., aplurality of affordances, each corresponding to a color) correspondingto the first avatar feature. The electronic device detects (1108)selection (e.g., 820) of a respective color option (e.g., 812 a) of theplurality of color options. The appearance of the avatar providesfeedback to the user indicating the types of characteristics of theavatar that can be customized. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of therespective color option (e.g., 812 a) of the plurality of color optionsof the first avatar feature (e.g., skin tone), in accordance with adetermination that the respective color option corresponds to a secondset of one or more colors, the electronic device (e.g. 600) updates(1110) an appearance of the avatar (e.g., 805). In some embodiments,updating the appearance of the avatar includes one or more of thefollowing steps. One step includes changing (1112) the first avatarfeature (e.g., face of avatar 805) to the second set of one or morecolors. Another step includes changing (1114) the second avatar feature(e.g., 827) to a set of one or more colors based on the second set ofone or more colors and different from the second set of one or morecolors (e.g., the selected color of the first avatar feature provides acolor characteristic (e.g., undertone, hue, shading, saturation,midtone, highlight, warmth, etc.) for the modified color of the secondavatar feature). The selection of a respective color option for a firstavatar feature and changing the first avatar feature in accordance withthe selection provides feedback to the user of the modified first avatarfeature. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting selection(e.g., 820) of the respective color option (e.g., 812 a) of theplurality of color options of the first avatar feature, in accordancewith a determination that the respective color option corresponds to athird set of one or more colors, the electronic device (e.g. 600)changes (1118) the first avatar feature and the second avatar feature(e.g., 827) in a different manner (e.g., changing the first and secondavatar features based on the selected color option corresponding to thethird set of one or more colors rather than the second set of one ormore colors; e.g., when the selected color option corresponds to thethird set of one or more colors, adjusting a highlight of the first andsecond avatar features based on the selected color option) than when therespective color option corresponds to the second set of one or morecolors (e.g., when the selected color option corresponds to the secondset of one or more colors, adjusting a midtone of the first and secondavatar features). In some embodiments, the relationship between theselected color option and the first and second avatar features isdifferent for the third set of colors than it is for the second set ofone or more colors. For example, the selected color option correspondingto the second set of one or more colors is used to adjust highlights forthe first and/or second avatar features, whereas the selected coloroption corresponding to the third set of one or more colors is used toadjust midtones for the first and/or second avatar features. Theselection of a respective color option for a first avatar feature andchanging the first avatar feature in accordance with the selectionprovides feedback to the user of the modified first avatar feature.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g. 600)displays, via the display apparatus (e.g. 601), a second plurality ofcolor options (e.g., 832) corresponding to a third avatar feature (e.g.,851) (e.g., hair color). Device detects selection (e.g., 852) of a firstcolor option (e.g., 832 a) of the second plurality of color options. Inresponse to detecting selection of the first color option of the secondplurality of color options of the third avatar feature, and inaccordance with a determination that the first color option correspondsto a fourth set of one or more colors, the electronic device updates theappearance of the avatar (e.g., 805). Updating the avatar includeschanging the third avatar feature (e.g., 851) to the fourth set of oneor more colors and changing the second avatar feature (e.g., eyebrowcolor 827) to a set of one or more colors based on the fourth set of oneor more colors and different from the fourth set of one or more colors.In some embodiments, the avatar's facial hair color (e.g., eyebrowcolor) is affected by both the hair color and the skin tone. Theappearance of the avatar provides feedback to the user indicating thetypes of characteristics of the avatar that can be customized. Theselection of a first color option for a third avatar feature andchanging the third avatar feature in accordance with the selectionprovides feedback to the user of the modified first avatar feature.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g. 600)detects selection (e.g., 861) of a second color option (e.g., 832 b) ofthe second plurality of color options (e.g., 832). In response todetecting selection of the second color option of the second pluralityof color options of the third avatar feature and in accordance with adetermination that the first color option corresponds to a fifth set ofone or more colors, the electronic device changes the third avatarfeature (e.g., skin tone) and the second avatar feature (e.g., 827) in adifferent manner (e.g., changing the third and second avatar featuresbased on the second color option corresponding to the fifth set of oneor more colors rather than the fourth set of one or more colors) thanwhen the first color option is selected. In some embodiments, therelationship between the selected color option (e.g., the second coloroption) and the third and second avatar features is different for thefifth set of colors than it is for the fourth set of one or more colors.For example, the selected color option corresponding to the fourth setof one or more colors is used to adjust highlights for the third and/orsecond avatar features, whereas the selected color option correspondingto the fifth set of one or more colors is used to adjust midtones forthe third and/or second avatar features. In some embodiments, the firstavatar feature corresponds to avatar hair color. In some embodiments,the second avatar feature corresponds to avatar eyebrows. In someembodiments, the third avatar feature corresponds to avatar skin tone.The selection of a second color option for a second avatar feature andchanging the second avatar feature in accordance with the selectionprovides feedback to the user of the modified second avatar feature.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the third avatar feature (e.g.,avatar skin tone) and the second avatar feature (e.g., 827) (e.g.,avatar eyebrows) are changed in a first manner that includes adjusting afirst color property (e.g., a color hue) based on the second set of oneor more colors corresponding to the first avatar feature (e.g., avatarhair color). In some embodiments, the third avatar feature and thesecond avatar feature are changed in a second manner that includesadjusting a second color property (e.g., a color luminance) that isdifferent from the first color property based on the fourth set of oneor more colors corresponding to the third avatar feature (e.g., theavatar eyebrows are darker than the avatar skin tone). A third avatarfeature and a second avatar feature are adjusted in accordance with afirst color property corresponding to a first avatar feature. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting selection(e.g., 820) of the respective color option (e.g., 812 a) of theplurality of color options (e.g., 812), the electronic device (e.g.,600) displays (1116) a color adjustment control (e.g., 822) (e.g., aslider user interface) for the respective color option that correspondsto the second set of one or more colors. In some embodiments, the coloradjustment control is a color adjustment control as described withrespect to method 1000 and FIGS. 10A-10B. The color adjustment controlprovides a visual representation of the color options that may beselected. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second avatar featurecorresponds to avatar lips (e.g., 828) having an avatar lip color thatcorresponds to the set of one or more colors based on the second set ofone or more colors and different from the second set of one or morecolors. In some embodiments, the device detects an input (e.g., draggesture or tap gesture) that corresponds to the color adjustment control(e.g., 892, 893). In response to detecting the input, the electronicdevice (e.g. 600) modifies the avatar lip color of a first portion(e.g., outer portion (e.g. 828 a)) of the avatar lips and maintains theavatar lip color of a second portion (e.g., inner portion (e.g., 828 b))of the avatar lips. The appearance of the second avatar feature providesfeedback to the user indicating the types of characteristics of theavatar that can be customized. The selection of a color option for anavatar feature from the color adjustment control provides feedback tothe user of the modified first avatar feature. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the first avatar featurecorresponds to avatar skin. In some embodiments, the second avatarfeature corresponds to avatar lips (e.g., 828). In some embodiments, theset of one or more colors based on the second set of one or more colorsincludes the second set of one or more colors and a red value (e.g., theavatar lips are based on the skin tone and a shade of red (e.g., anatural shade such as pink, or a shade representing a lipstick tint)).The appearance of the avatar skin tone provides feedback to the userindicating the skin tone of the avatar can be customized. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1100 (e.g., FIG. 11) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto the methods described below and above. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1100. The method 700for editing an avatar can be incorporated in the method for navigatingan avatar user interface. For example, in some embodiments, thenavigation user interface invokes a process for creating or editing acustomizable avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the method900 described above with respect to FIG. 9. As additional examples,methods 1000, 1200, and 1400 optionally include one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1100. For example, in some embodiments, the navigation userinterface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the methods describedbelow with respect to FIGS. 10-12. As another example, in someembodiments, the navigation user interface invokes a process formodifying a virtual avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethods described below with respect to FIGS. 14A and 14B. For brevity,these details are not repeated.

FIGS. 12A and 12B are a flow diagram illustrating a method fordisplaying an avatar editing user interface, in accordance with someembodiments. Method 1200 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300, 500,600) with a display apparatus. Some operations in method 1200 are,optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally,changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1200 provides an intuitive way for displayingan avatar editing user interface. The method reduces the cognitiveburden on a user for managing avatars, thereby creating a more efficienthuman-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices,enabling a user to modify characteristics of an avatar using an avatarediting user interface faster and more efficiently conserves power andincreases the time between battery charges.

The electronic device (e.g. 600) displays (1202), via the displayapparatus (e.g. 601), an avatar editing user interface (e.g., 801) thatincludes displaying (1204): an avatar (e.g., 805) having a plurality ofavatar features including avatar hair (e.g., 851) having a selectedavatar hairstyle (e.g., 836 b) (e.g., a particular styling of the avatarhair that was selected (e.g., by a user) for the avatar). The avatarediting user interface also includes (1206) a plurality of avataraccessory options (e.g., 8112) (e.g., affordances corresponding tovarious avatar accessories (e.g., glasses, hats, earrings, scarves,etc.)). The appearance of the avatar hair and avatar accessory optionsprovides feedback to the user indicating the hairstyle and avataraccessories can be customized. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

The electronic device (e.g. 600) detects (1208) selection of arespective accessory option (e.g., 8112 b). In response to detecting theselection of the respective accessory option of the plurality of avataraccessory options (e.g., 8112), the electronic device changes (1210) anappearance of the avatar (e.g., 805) to include a representation of therespective accessory option (e.g., 8140), including, in accordance witha determination that the respective accessory option is a firstaccessory option (e.g., 8112 b) (e.g., a glasses accessory option):displaying (1212) the representation of the first accessory option(e.g., 8140) positioned on the avatar (e.g., displaying the selectedglasses on the avatar's face with the temple positioned along the sideof the avatar's head and the earpiece positioned behind the avatar'sear). The electronic device modifies (1214) a geometry of a firstportion (e.g., 8145) of the avatar hair based on the position of therepresentation of the first accessory option on the avatar, whilemaintaining the selected avatar hairstyle (e.g., a portion of the avatarhair located adjacent the glasses is displayed pushed aside toaccommodate the presence of the glasses on the avatar's face, includingthe positioning of the temple and the earpiece behind the avatar's ear,while the remaining portions of the avatar hair remain unchanged torepresent the selected avatar hairstyle). The appearance of the avataraccessory option provides feedback to the user indicating theaccessories of the avatar can be customized. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, an appearance of the representationof the respective accessory option (e.g., 8108 d) is based on one ormore characteristics (e.g., hair type, hairstyle, hair length, etc.) ofthe avatar hair (e.g., 851). In some embodiments, the size of anaccessory option (e.g., a hat (e.g., 8170)) is determined based on theavatar hair. For example, if the avatar hair has a small hairstyle(e.g., 851-1) (e.g., 836 c) (a buzz or bald hairstyle), a hat has asmall hatline circumference (e.g., hatline 8118 in FIG. 8CD).Conversely, if the avatar hair has a large hairstyle (e.g., 851-2)(e.g., large, curly hair) the hat has a large hatline circumference(e.g., hatline 8118 in FIG. CC). In some embodiments, the position of anaccessory option (e.g., a hair bow) is determined based on the avatarhair. For example, if the avatar hair has a short hairstyle, the avatarbow is positioned close to the avatar head. Conversely, if the avatarhair has a long hairstyle, the bow can be positioned farther away fromthe head, depending on the length of the hair. The appearance of theavatar hair provides feedback to the user indicating the hairstyle ofthe avatar can be customized. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a determinationthat the respective accessory option is a second accessory option (e.g.,an accessory option different than the first accessory option; e.g., ahat, 8170): the electronic device (e.g. 600) displays the representationof the second accessory option (e.g., 8170) positioned on the avatar(e.g., displaying the selected hat on the avatar's head with a hatline(e.g., 8118) of the hat positioned on the avatar's head based on thetype of hat selected). The electronic device modifies a geometry of asecond portion of the avatar hair (e.g., hair at 8118, 8118-1, or8118-2) different from the modified geometry of the first portion (e.g.,8145) of the avatar hair based on the position of the representation ofthe second accessory option on the avatar, while maintaining theselected avatar hairstyle (e.g., the avatar hair is modified at thehatline of the hat such that the avatar hair is compressed at thehatline, causing the hair positioned below and/or above the hatline(depending on the selected hat and hairstyle) to flared out in responseto the compression of the hair at the hatline). The appearance of theavatar displayed with the accessory option provides feedback to the userindicating the customization of the avatar with the selectedaccessories. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, after displaying the representation(e.g., 8140) of the first accessory option position on the avatar, theelectronic device (e.g. 600) detects (1216) selection (e.g., 8159) of asecond respective accessory option (e.g., 8108 d) (e.g., an avatar hat).In response to detecting the selection of the second respectiveaccessory option of the plurality of avatar accessory options, theelectronic device changes (1218) the appearance of the avatar (e.g.,805) to include a representation (e.g., 8160) of the second respectiveaccessory option and the representation of the respective accessoryoption (e.g., the avatar is updated to include both an avatar hat andavatar glasses while maintaining the selected avatar hairstyle). Theappearance of the avatar with the selected accessories provides feedbackto the user indicating the accessories of the avatar can be customized.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g. 600)displays, via the display apparatus (e.g. 601), a plurality of avatarhairstyle options (e.g., 836) (e.g., including a hairstyle optioncorresponding to the selected avatar hairstyle). The electronic devicedetects selection (e.g., 872) of a second hairstyle option (e.g., 836 cin FIG. 8AU) (e.g., a hairstyle option different from the currentlyselected hairstyle option). In response to detecting the selection ofthe second hairstyle option, the electronic device changes theappearance of the avatar (e.g., 805) from having the selected avatarhairstyle (e.g., 836 f) to having the second hairstyle option. In someembodiments, this includes one or more of the following steps. Inaccordance with a determination that the respective accessory option isa first type of accessory option (e.g., avatar glasses (e.g., 8140)displayed on the avatar adjacent at least a portion of the avatar hair),displaying the avatar hair having the second hairstyle option modifiedin a first manner (e.g., 8145) based on the representation of therespective accessory option (e.g., the geometry of a first portion ofthe avatar hair is modified based on a position of the avatar glasses,while still maintaining the second avatar hairstyle). The appearance ofthe avatar displayed with the hairstyle option provides feedback to theuser indicating the customization of the avatar with the selectedhairstyle. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with a determination that the respective accessory option(e.g., 8108 d) is a second type of accessory option (e.g., 8108) (e.g.,a hat displayed on the avatar adjacent at least a portion of the avatarhair), the electronic device (e.g. 600) displays the avatar hair (e.g.,851) having the second hairstyle option (e.g., 836 c) modified in asecond manner (e.g., puffing out at 8118-1 or 8118-2) based on therepresentation of the respective accessory option (e.g., the geometry ofa second portion of the avatar hair is modified based on a position ofthe hat, while still maintaining the second avatar hairstyle). Theappearance of the avatar displayed with the accessory option providesfeedback to the user indicating the customization of the avatar with theselected accessories. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in accordance with a determinationthat the respective accessory option is a third type (e.g., an accessoryoption that does not affect the displayed avatar hairstyle; e.g., a nosering), the electronic device (e.g. 600) displays the avatar hair (e.g.,851) having the second hairstyle option (e.g., 836 c) withoutmodification (e.g., without modification based on the respectiveaccessory option). The appearance of the avatar displayed with thehairstyle and accessory option provides feedback to the user indicatingthe customization of the avatar with the selected hairstyle. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting aselection of a third hairstyle option (e.g., 851-2 in FIG. 8CB) (e.g., ahairstyle option different from the currently selected hairstyleoption), the electronic device (e.g. 600) changes the appearance of theavatar from having the selected avatar hairstyle (e.g., 851-1) to havingthe third hairstyle option and changes an appearance (e.g., position,size, shape, etc.) of the representation of the respective accessoryoption (e.g., 8160) based on the third hairstyle option. The appearanceof the avatar displayed with the hairstyle option provides feedback tothe user indicating the customization of the avatar with the selectedhairstyle. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the respective accessory option isan avatar hat (e.g., 8160) and changing the appearance of therepresentation of the respective accessory option includes changing asize of the representation of the avatar hat based on a size (e.g.,simulated hair volume) of the third hairstyle option (e.g., 851-2)(e.g., selecting a larger hairstyle increases the size of the hat toaccommodate the larger hairstyle; e.g., selecting a smaller hairstyledecreases the size of the hat to accommodate the smaller hairstyle). Insome embodiments, changing the appearance of the representation of therespective accessory option further includes changing a size of ahatline (e.g., a portion of the hat that fits onto the head to affix thehat to the head) of the representation of the avatar hat based on thesize of the third hairstyle option (e.g., a circumference of the hatlinechanges (increases or decreases) based on the size of the hairstyleoption). In some embodiments, the hatline remains at a same locationrelative to the head such that the hatline continues to intersect thehead at the same location, but has a different circumference). Theappearance of the avatar displayed with a hat option provides feedbackto the user indicating the customization of the avatar with the selectedhat. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the first accessory option is anavatar hat (e.g., 8160) and displaying the representation of the firstaccessory option positioned on the avatar (e.g., 805) includesdisplaying the avatar hat positioned over a portion of the avatar hair(e.g., 851) (e.g., the avatar hat is displayed overlaid on a top portionof the avatar head and adjacent hair). In some embodiments, modifyingthe geometry of the portion of the avatar hair includes displaying theavatar hair having a compressed appearance at a location (e.g., 8118-1or 8118-2) adjacent a hatline (e.g., a portion of the hat that fits ontothe head to affix the hat to the head) of the avatar hat and expandingas the avatar hair extends from the location adjacent the hatline of theavatar hat (e.g., the avatar hair is modified at the hatline of the hatsuch that the avatar hair is compressed at the hatline, causing the hairpositioned below and/or above the hatline (depending on the selected hatand hairstyle) to flared out in response to the compression of the hairat the hatline). The appearance of the avatar displayed with a hatoption provides feedback to the user indicating the customization of theavatar with the selected hat. Providing improved visual feedback to theuser enhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, in response to detecting aselection (e.g., 8168) of a second avatar hat option (e.g., 8108 e) ofthe plurality of avatar accessory options (e.g., 8108), the electronicdevice (e.g. 600) replaces the representation of the avatar hat (e.g.,8160) with a representation of the second avatar hat (e.g., 8170), whilemaintaining the hatline (e.g., 8118) and the geometry of the portion ofthe avatar hair having the compressed appearance at the locationadjacent the hatline and expanding as the avatar hair extends from thelocation adjacent the hatline (e.g., different avatar hats have the samehatline; e.g., selecting a different avatar hat replaces the currentlyselected avatar hat with the different avatar hat while maintaininghatline and the shape of the avatar hair relative to the hatline). Theappearance of the avatar displayed with a hat option provides feedbackto the user indicating the customization of the avatar with the selectedhat. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar hair (e.g., 851) movesin accordance with a simulated physical reaction of the avatar hair toavatar movement based on a physics model (e.g., shown in FIG. 8BY)(e.g., a model of inertia, a model of gravity, a force transfer model, afriction model). The simulated physical reaction of the avatar hair toavatar movement based on the physics model changes when the firstaccessory option is an avatar hat (e.g., movement of the avatar hairchanges when the avatar is wearing a hat). In some embodiments, when theavatar is not wearing a hat, the avatar hair moves with movement of theavatar head based on the physics model. In some embodiments, when theavatar is wearing a hat, movement of the avatar hair relative to theavatar head changes based on the position of the hat on the avatar head.In some embodiments, the physics model specifies a magnitude anddirection of movement of an avatar feature based on a magnitude anddirection of the input (e.g., 8XX) (e.g., a gesture on the avatar torotate or adjust a magnification of the avatar, or movement of the faceor a portion of the face) and one or more predefined properties of thevirtual avatar feature such as a simulated mass, simulated elasticity,simulated coefficient of friction or other simulated physical property.In some embodiments, the simulated physical reaction of the avatar hairchanges because the attachment point for the hair shifts from where thehair is attached to the head to the hatline.

In accordance with some embodiments, the first accessory option isavatar glasses (e.g., 8140) and modifying the geometry of the portion ofthe avatar hair (e.g., 851) includes displaying the portion (e.g., 8145)of the avatar hair positioned so as to avoid obstructing at least aportion of the avatar glasses (e.g., the hair on the side of the avatarhead, above the avatar ears, is moved behind or to the side or otherwisepositioned behind the temples of the glasses). In some embodiments, thefirst accessory option is avatar glasses and displaying therepresentation of the first accessory option positioned on the avatarincludes: displaying a representation of a reflection (e.g., 8150) on alens portion (e.g., 8140-2) of the avatar glasses (e.g., therepresentation of the reflection is overlaid on the representation ofthe glasses) (e.g., the position of the reflection on the glasses isdetermined based on a relative position of the displayed glasses and asimulated light source that is, optionally, determined based on adetected light source in a field of view of a camera) and displaying arepresentation of a shadow cast by the representation of the avatarglasses that is displayed on at least a portion of the avatar (e.g., therepresentation of the shadow cast by the glasses is overlaid on therepresentation of the avatar with an opacity less than 100%) (e.g., aportion of the avatar that is determined based on a relative position ofthe displayed avatar and a simulated light source that is, optionally,determined based on a detected light source in a field of view of acamera). The appearance of the avatar displayed with a glasses optionprovides feedback to the user indicating the customization of the avatarwith the selected hat. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, displaying the representation ofthe first accessory option positioned on the avatar includes: displayinga representation of one or more shadows (e.g., 8142, 8147, 8172) cast(e.g., cast on the avatar) by the first accessory option (e.g., anavatar hat (e.g., 8170) or avatar glasses (e.g., 8140)) or the avatarhair (e.g., 851) (e.g., the representation of the shadow cast by thehair, glasses, and/or hat is overlaid on the representation of theavatar with an opacity less than 100%) (e.g., a portion of the avatarthat is determined based on a relative position of the displayed avatarand a simulated light source that is, optionally, determined based on adetected light source in a field of view of a camera). The appearance ofthe avatar displayed with shadow provides feedback to the userindicating a more realistic representation of the avatar. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the first accessory option is anavatar earring (e.g., 8125). The avatar earrings move in accordance witha physics model (e.g., a model of inertia, a model of gravity, a forcetransfer model, a friction model) (In some embodiments, the avatar movesbased on detected changes in a face within the field of view of one ormore cameras of the electronic device). The appearance of the avatardisplayed with earrings provides feedback to the user indicating thecustomization of the avatar with the selected earrings. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1200 (e.g., FIG. 12) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto the methods described below/and above. For example, method 700optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the variousmethods described above with reference to method 1200. The method 700for editing an avatar can be incorporated in the method for navigatingan avatar user interface. For example, in some embodiments, thenavigation user interface invokes a process for creating or editing acustomizable avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the method900 described above with respect to FIG. 9. As additional examples,methods 1000, 1100, and 1400 optionally include one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1200. For example, in some embodiments, the navigation userinterface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the methods describedbelow with respect to FIGS. 10-11. As another example, in someembodiments, the navigation user interface invokes a process formodifying a virtual avatar, which may be achieved in accordance with themethods described below with respect to FIGS. 14A and 14B. For brevity,these details are not repeated.

FIGS. 13A-130 illustrate exemplary user interfaces for modifying anavatar in an avatar navigation user interface. The user interfaces inthese figures are used to illustrate the processes described below,including the processes in FIG. 14.

In FIG. 13A, device 600 displays messaging user interface 1303 similarto messaging user interface 603 in FIG. 6A. Device 600 detects input1302 on application dock affordance 1310, and displays condensed avatarselection interface 1315 (similar to condensed avatar selectioninterface 668 in FIG. 6L) in FIG. 13B. Condensed avatar selectioninterface includes a scrollable listing of avatars 1320 (similar to thescrollable listing of avatar 675 in FIG. 6L), including customizablewoman avatar 1321, monkey avatar 1322, and robot avatar 1323.

As shown in FIGS. 13B-130, device 600 modifies avatars displayed incondensed avatar selection interface 1315 (e.g., monkey avatar 1322) inresponse to detected changes in a face. For reference, FIGS. 13B-130include a representation of a face 1325 (e.g., a user's face) detectedin a field of view of a camera (e.g., 602). FIGS. 13B-130 showmodifications to various displayed avatars in response to detectedchanges in face 1325. In some embodiments, the view of face 1325 inFIGS. 13B-130 is shown from a perspective of the device, which ispositioned facing face 1325. Thus, corresponding changes to thedisplayed avatar are shown in FIGS. 13B-130 mirrored with respect to themovements of face 1325.

In FIG. 13B, device 600 detects face 1325 facing forward with jaw 1325-2and mouth 1325-1 closed. In response, device 600 modifies the displayedavatar, monkey avatar 1322, to have the same facial expression with jaw1322-2 and mouth 1321-1 closed, matching that of mouth 1325-1.

In FIG. 13C, device 600 detects jaw 1325-2 and mouth 1325-1 movingtowards an open position and modifies jaw 1322-2 and mouth 1322-1 ofmonkey avatar 1322 to slightly opened positions to match the movement ofjaw 1325-2 and mouth 1325-1. Tongue 1325-3 is not extended. Therefore,device 600 does not display the monkey avatar's tongue 1323-3 extendedfrom mouth 1323-1, but instead, positioned inside mouth 1323-1.

In some embodiments, device 600 displays the avatar's tongue stickingout of the avatar's mouth in response to detecting the user's tongueextending from the user's mouth. For example, in FIG. 13D, jaw 1325-2 isslightly opened and tongue 1325-3 is extending from mouth 1325-1. As aresult, device 600 modifies monkey avatar 1322 to extend tongue 1322-3from mouth 1322-1, while jaw 1322-2 remains in a slightly openedposition.

In some embodiments, device 600 displays the transition from no tongueextended (e.g., see tongue 1322-3 in FIG. 13C) to tongue extended (e.g.,see tongue 1322-3 in FIG. 13D) as an animation of the tongue moving frominside the avatar's mouth (e.g., mouth 1322-1) to an extended pose. Insome embodiments, the animation includes displaying the avatar's tonguecurving over the avatar's teeth as the tongue moves from inside themouth to the extended position. For example, in FIG. 13D, avatar tongue1322-3 is slightly curved over the bottom teeth of the avatar's mouth.In some embodiments, device 600 displays the tongue going back into theavatar's mouth by reversing the tongue-extending animation (includingoptionally displaying a reversal of the curving motion of the avatartongue).

In some embodiments, device 600 displays movement of an avatar tonguebased on detected movement of features of the user's face other than theuser's tongue (e.g., tilting or rotation of the user's head, or movementof jaw 1325-2 up/down and/or side-to-side). For example, FIG. 13Eillustrates movement of monkey tongue 1322-3 in response to a detectedchange in the position of user jaw 1325-2. As device 600 detects userjaw 1325-2 moving down and user mouth 1325-1 opening wide, device 600widens monkey mouth 1322-1 and lowers monkey jaw 1322-2. As monkey jaw1322-2 is lowered, device 600 displays monkey tongue 1322-3 movingdownward with jaw 1322-2 and hanging farther from mouth 1322-1. Device600 can also modify the position of tongue 1322-3 based on othermovements of user jaw 1325-2. For example, if the user moves his jawside-to-side, avatar jaw 1322-2 and tongue 1322-3 move in accordancewith the side-to-side movement of user jaw 1325-2. Similarly, if theuser moves his jaw up (e.g., returning to the position in FIG. 13D, ortilting up as shown in FIG. 13H), device 600 displays avatar jaw 1322-2and tongue 1322-3 moving accordingly (e.g., returning to the positionshown in FIG. 13D, or angling upward as shown in FIG. 13H).

FIG. 13F shows another example of device 600 modifying movement oftongue 1322-3 based on movement of a user's facial feature other thanthe user's tongue. In FIG. 13F, user tilts his head to the side. Inresponse to detecting the tilting of the user's head, device 600modifies monkey avatar 1322 by tilting the monkey's head. As themonkey's head tilts, the position of tongue 1322-3 changes based on thetilt (e.g., both magnitude and direction) of the monkey's head and amodeled gravity of tongue 1322-2, which causes tongue 1322-3 to hangdownward, but also tilt slightly with movement of the avatar's head andjaw 1322-2.

In some embodiments, device 600 modifies movement of an avatar tonguebased on a physics model (e.g., a modeled gravity, inertia, etc.)applied to the avatar. As the avatar's tongue extends farther from theavatar's mouth, the tongue's response to the physics model isexacerbated based on the amount of tongue extended from the avatar'smouth. For example, in FIG. 13E, monkey tongue 1322-3 has greatercurvature than shown in FIG. 13D. This is because device 600 displaystongue 1322-3 extending farther from mouth 1322-1 in FIG. 13E (comparedto as shown in FIG. 13D), and the effects of a modeled gravity appliedto tongue 1322-3 cause the tongue to hang lower from the mouth (causingincreased curvature of the tongue over the monkey's teeth).

In some embodiments, device 600 does not modify the avatar to displayparticular facial expressions (or reduces the movement of avatarfeatures (e.g., lips, mouth, etc.) that form the particular facialexpressions) when the avatar's tongue is extended. This is to avoidmodifying the avatar in a way that interferes with (e.g., impinges orcollides with) the displayed avatar tongue. For example, device 600 canforego modifying the avatar's lips to form a lip pucker, closing theavatar mouth, extending the bottom lip (e.g., a pouting pose), orextending the lips and moving the mouth to a closed position (e.g.,funneling the mouth).

In FIG. 13F, device 600 detects input 1327 (e.g., a horizontal gesture(e.g., swipe or drag) or tap gesture on robot avatar 1323), and scrollsthe listing of avatars 1320 to display robot avatar 1323 in the centerof condensed avatar selection interface 1315, as shown in FIG. 13G.

When robot avatar 1323 is positioned in the center of condensed avatarselection interface 1315, device 600 begins modifying the robot avatarbased on the detected face 1325. As shown in FIG. 13G, the user's headis no longer tilted, but user jaw 1325-2 and mouth 1325-1 are opened andtongue 1325-3 is extended. Device 600 modifies robot avatar 1323 tomatch the pose of face 1325 by opening robot mouth 1323-1 and extendingrobot tongue 1323-3. In some embodiments, robot avatar does not includea jaw that is distinguishable from the rest of the robot's head, butmovement of the robot's jaw can be represented by increasing thevertical opening of robot mouth 1323-1.

As shown in FIG. 13G, robot tongue 1323-3 includes a hinged connection1323-4 that divides robot tongue 1323-3 into a base portion 1323-3 a(e.g., a proximal end of tongue 1323-3) that connects to robot mouth1323-1 and a tip portion 1323-3 b (e.g., a distal end of tongue 1323-3)that hangs and swings freely from the hinged connection 1323-4. In someembodiments, tip portion 1323-3 b swings with movement of robot mouth1323-1 and the robot's head.

For example, in FIG. 13H, device 600 detects the user's head tilted backwith tongue 1325-3 extended. Device 600 modifies robot avatar 1323 bytilting the robot's head back with mouth 1323-1 open and tongue 1323-3extended. As the robot head tilts back, tip portion 1323-3 b swaystowards the bottom of the robot's head (e.g., toward a chin region ofthe robot), as base portion 1323-3 a moves with robot mouth 1323-1. Asthe user tilts his head back to the neutral position in FIG. 13I, device600 tilts the robot avatar 1323 back to the neutral position and tipportion 1323-3 b of avatar tongue 1323-3 sways back and forth from thehinged connection 1323-4 in response to the movement of the robot head,mouth 1323-1, and base portion 1323-3 a.

In FIG. 13I, device 600 detects input 1329 (e.g., a horizontal gesture(e.g., swipe or drag) or tap gesture on alien avatar 1324), and scrollsthe listing of avatars 1320 to display robot avatar 1324 in the centerof condensed avatar selection interface 1315, as shown in FIG. 13J.

In some embodiments, device 600 displays an avatar tongue having avisual effect that is determined based on the specific avatar. Forexample, a robot avatar tongue has a hinged connection, a unicorn avatarhas a glittery tongue, and an alien avatar has an iridescent effect. Insome embodiments, the visual effect changes based on a displayedposition of the avatar tongue. For example, FIGS. 13J-13L show achanging iridescent effect 1324-4 of alien tongue 1324-3. As alientongue 1324-3 moves, the iridescent effect 1324-4 of the tongue changes(represented by a changing position of iridescent effect 1324-4 ontongue 1324-3). FIG. 13J shows alien tongue 1324-3 having iridescence1324-4 when user face 1325 is facing forward with tongue 1325-3extended. The alien's jaw 1324-2 and mouth 1324-1 are opened, and tongue1324-3 is extended with iridescent effect 1324-4 located at the base ofthe tongue. In FIG. 13K, face 1325 rotates with tongue 1325-3 extended,and device 600 rotates alien avatar 1324 and alters the iridescence oftongue 1324-3 (represented by the changed position of iridescent effect1324-4 on tongue 1324-3). In FIG. 13L, user slightly closes jaw 1325-2,which raises user tongue 1325-3. Device 600, modifies alien avatar 1324by slightly closing jaw 1324-2, raising tongue 1324-3 and altering theiridescence of tongue 1324-3 (represented by the changed position ofiridescent effect 1324-4 on tongue 1324-3).

In some embodiments, device 600 displays an avatar tongue havingdifferent shapes depending on the position of the avatar's mouth (whichis determined based on a detected position of the user's mouth). Forexample, when user mouth 1325-1 is opened, device 600 displays theavatar tongue having a flat shape as shown by monkey tongue 1322-3 inFIG. 13E and alien tongue 1324-3 in FIG. 13J. When user mouth 1325-1 isclosed around tongue 1325-3, device 600 displays an avatar tongue havinga cone or “strawberry” shape. For example, in FIGS. 13M and 13N, device600 detects user mouth 1325-1 closed around tongue 1325-3 as the userretracts his tongue into mouth 1325-1. In response, device 600 displaysalien mouth 1324-1 closed around tongue 1324-3, and tongue 1324-3 havinga cone shape as it retracts into alien mouth 1324-1 in FIGS. 13M and13N. In FIG. 130, device 600 detects the user's tongue 1325-3 is nolonger extended and mouth 1325-1 and jaw 1325-2 closed. Device 600displays alien avatar 1324 with no tongue and mouth 1324-1 and jaw1324-2 closed.

FIGS. 14A and 14B are a flow diagram illustrating a method for modifyingan avatar in an avatar navigation user interface, in accordance withsome embodiments. Method 1400 is performed at a device (e.g., 100, 300,500, 600) with a display apparatus. Some operations in method 1400 are,optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally,changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted.

As described below, method 1400 provides an intuitive way for modifyingan avatar in an avatar navigation user interface. The method reduces thecognitive burden on a user for modifying avatars, thereby creating amore efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computingdevices, enabling a user to modify characteristics of an avatar using anavatar navigation user interface faster and more efficiently conservespower and increases the time between battery charges.

The electronic device (e.g. 600) displays (1402), via the displayapparatus (e.g. 601), a virtual avatar (e.g., 1322, 1323, 1324), havinga plurality of avatar features (e.g., 1322-1, 1322-2, 1322-3) (e.g., afacial feature (e.g., eyes, mouth, part of mouth) or macro feature(e.g., head, neck)), that changes appearance in response to detectedchanges in pose (e.g., orientation, translation) (e.g., a change in afacial expression) of a face (e.g., 1325) in a field of view of the oneor more cameras (e.g. 602). While the face is detected in the field ofview of the one or more cameras, the face including a plurality ofdetected facial features including a first facial feature (e.g., 1325-2)other than a tongue of the user (e.g., a jaw), the electronic devicedetects (1404) movement of the first facial feature. Displaying theappearance of the avatar provides feedback to the user indicating thecustomization of particular features of the avatar. Providing improvedvisual feedback to the user enhances the operability of the device andmakes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping theuser to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In response to detecting (1406) movement of the first facial feature(e.g., 1325-2), the device (e.g., 600) performs one or more of thefollowing steps. In accordance (1408) with a determination that thetongue of the user (e.g., 1325-3) meets respective criteria (e.g.,tongue-display criteria) wherein the respective criteria include arequirement that the tongue of the user is visible (e.g., as shown inFIG. 13D) in order for the respective criteria to be met (e.g., thetongue of the user is visible and in a pose that is identified as beingstuck out of the user's mouth), the electronic device (e.g. 600)displays an avatar tongue (e.g., 1322-3) (e.g., the avatar tongue is notpersistently displayed (e.g., it is variably displayed) as part of thedisplayed virtual avatar). In some embodiments, the avatar tongue isdisplayed in accordance with a determination that a set of avatar tonguedisplay criteria are met (e.g., a set of criteria that includes one ormore of: detecting that a face detected in the field of view of thecamera includes a visible tongue and detecting that the face includes amouth open a threshold distance (e.g., a mouth having the lower jaw in asufficiently downward position). Displaying the appearance of the avatarwith an avatar tongue movement provides feedback to the user indicatingthe movement of the avatar tongue in accordance with the movement of theuser. Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances theoperability of the device and makes the user-device interface moreefficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs andreducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device)which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves battery life ofthe device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly andefficiently.

The electronic device (e.g. 600) modifies (1408) a position of theavatar tongue (e.g., 1322-3) based on (e.g., a direction and magnitudeof) the movement of the first facial feature (e.g., 1325-2) (e.g., aposition of the avatar tongue is determined based on the detectedposition (e.g., within a range from fully opened to fully closed) of theuser's jaw). In some embodiments, in response to detecting movement ofthe first facial feature, an avatar feature (e.g., 1322-2) (e.g., anavatar feature other than the avatar tongue) that corresponds to thefirst facial feature is also modified/moved based on the detectedmovement of the first facial feature.). In accordance with adetermination that the tongue of the user does not meet the respectivecriteria, the electronic device forgoes (1414) display of the avatartongue.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar tongue (e.g., 1323-3)includes a first portion (e.g., 1323-3 a) and a second portion (e.g.,1323-3 b) and the second portion is connected to the first portion by aconnector (e.g., 1323-4) (e.g., a hinge) that is more flexible than thefirst portion or the second portion (e.g., the avatar tongue has two ormore segments that are joined at one or more hinges). In someembodiments, the avatar tongue is formed of hinged segments when thevirtual avatar is a robot avatar (e.g., 1323). In some embodiments, thefirst portion and the second portion are rigid. In some embodiments, thefirst portion dangles freely when the avatar tongue is extended andmoves in accordance with movement of the user's head (e.g., as shown inFIGS. 13G-131).

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar tongue (e.g., 1323-3)has a visual effect (e.g., 1324-4) (e.g., glitter, iridescence) thatchanges in response to modifying a position of the avatar tongue. Insome embodiments, the virtual avatar is a unicorn and the avatar tongueincludes a glittery effect that sparkles as the avatar tongue moves. Insome embodiments, the virtual avatar is an alien (e.g., 1324) and theavatar tongue includes an iridescent effect that changes as the avatartongue moves. The display of the visual effect of the avatar tonguemovement provides feedback to the user indicating the movement of theavatar tongue in accordance with the movement of the user. Providingimproved visual feedback to the user enhances the operability of thedevice and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., byhelping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In some embodiments, modifying the position of the avatar tongue (e.g.,1322-3) based on the movement of the first facial feature (e.g., 1325-2)includes one or more of the following steps. In accordance with adetermination that the first facial feature moves in a first direction(e.g., the user's jaw moves to the left and/or up), the electronicdevice (e.g., 600) modifies (1410) the position of the avatar tongue inthe first direction (e.g., moving the avatar tongue to the left and/orup). In accordance with a determination that the first facial featuremoves in a second direction different from the first direction (e.g.,the user's jaw moves to the right and/or down), the electronic devicemodifies (1412) the position of the avatar tongue in the seconddirection (e.g., moving the avatar tongue to the right and/or down). Thedisplay of the avatar tongue provides feedback to the user indicatingthe movement of the avatar tongue in accordance with the movement of afirst facial feature. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, modifying the position of theavatar tongue (e.g., 1322-3) based on the movement of the first facialfeature (e.g., 1325-2) includes one or more of the following steps. Inaccordance with a determination that the first facial feature moves by afirst magnitude (e.g., the user's jaw moves 30 degrees to the right froma front-facing position), modifying the position of the avatar tongue byan amount proportional to the first magnitude (e.g., the avatar tonguemoves 30 degrees to the right from a front-facing position). Inaccordance with a determination that the first facial feature moves by asecond magnitude different from the first magnitude (e.g., the user'sjaw moves 45 degrees to the right from a front-facing position), theelectronic device (e.g. 600) modifies the position of the avatar tongueby an amount proportional to the second magnitude (e.g., the avatartongue moves 45 degrees to the right from a front-facing position). Thedisplay of the avatar tongue provides feedback to the user indicatingthe movement of the avatar tongue in accordance with the movement of afirst facial feature. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the avatar tongue (e.g., 1322-3)moves in accordance with a physics model (e.g., a model of inertia, amodel of gravity, a force transfer model, a friction model). In someembodiments, a degree of movement (e.g., a degree of movement inaccordance with the physics model based on movement of the head and/or afacial feature) of the avatar tongue increases (e.g., or decreases)based on an increasing (e.g., or decreasing) amount of the tongueextended from a mouth of the virtual avatar (e.g., 1322). The physicalmodel allows the avatar tongue to be displayed realistically inaccordance with the movement of the subject. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, while the avatar tongue (e.g.,1324-3) is displayed, the electronic device (e.g. 600) detects (1416)that the tongue (e.g., 1325-3) of the user no longer meets therespective criteria (e.g., tongue-display criteria). In response todetecting that the tongue of the user no longer meets the respectivecriteria, the electronic device ceases (1418) to display the avatartongue (e.g., FIG. 130). In some embodiments, displaying the (e.g.,previously undisplayed) avatar tongue includes displaying an animationof the avatar tongue extending from a mouth (e.g., 1322-1) of thevirtual avatar (e.g., 1322). In some embodiments, ceasing to display theavatar tongue includes displaying an animation of the avatar tongueretracting into the mouth of the virtual avatar. In some embodiments, atleast one of the animation of the tongue extending from the mouth of thevirtual avatar or the animation of the tongue retracting into the mouthof the virtual avatar includes displaying a curving movement of theavatar tongue over one or more teeth (e.g., a lower set of teeth in thejaw of the virtual avatar) of the virtual avatar (e.g., the avatartongue is shown moving such that it curves or arcs over teeth of theavatar, rather than extending/retracting in a linear motion). Ceasingdisplay of the avatar tongue by retracting the tongue into the avatar'smouth provides feedback to the user indicating that the avatar no longerhas a tongue feature displayed. Providing improved visual feedback tothe user enhances the operability of the device and makes theuser-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g. 600)detects movement of a second facial feature (e.g., a user's mouth;1325-1) to a first position (e.g., FIG. 130) (e.g., a closed position ofthe user's mouth). In response to detecting the movement of the secondfacial feature to the first position, the device performs one or more ofthe following steps. In accordance with a determination that the avatartongue (e.g., 1324-2) is not displayed, the electronic device modifies afirst avatar feature (e.g., avatar mouth 1324-1) (e.g., an avatarfeature, other than an avatar jaw, that affects a position of the avatartongue; e.g., the avatar's mouth, the avatar's lower lip, etc.) based onthe movement of the second facial feature (e.g., modifying the avatarmouth to have a closed position corresponding to the closed position ofthe user's mouth). In accordance with a determination that the avatartongue is displayed based on meeting the respective criteria, damping(e.g., eliminating or reducing an amplitude of) movement of the firstavatar feature based on the movement of the second facial feature (e.g.,damping movement of the avatar mouth in response to detecting the closedposition of the user's mouth when the avatar tongue is displayed). Insome embodiments, when the avatar tongue is displayed, certain portionsof the avatar are not modified (or are modified by a limited amount) inresponse to detected changes in the user's face. In some embodiments,when the avatar tongue is displayed, the avatar is not modified todisplay certain poses (or certain poses are limited) in response todetected changes in the user's face. The display of the avatar tongueprovides feedback to the user indicating the movement of the avatartongue in accordance with the movement of a second facial feature.Providing improved visual feedback to the user enhances the operabilityof the device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g.,by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakeswhen operating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second facial feature is amouth (e.g., 1325-1) of the user, the first position of the secondfacial feature corresponds to a position in which the mouth of the useris closed (e.g., with the jaw opened) and the first avatar feature is anavatar mouth. In some embodiments, a movement of the avatar's mouth isdampened, in comparison to movement of a mouth of a face detected in thefield of view of one or more cameras (e.g. 602) of the device, so as toavoid the mouth fully closing and thereby colliding with or impinging onthe extended avatar tongue. The display of the avatar tongue providesfeedback to the user indicating the movement of the avatar tongue inaccordance the user closing his mouth. Providing improved visualfeedback to the user enhances the operability of the device and makesthe user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user toprovide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes whenoperating/interacting with the device) which, additionally, reducespower usage and improves battery life of the device by enabling the userto use the device more quickly and efficiently.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second facial feature is abottom lip of the user, the first position of the second facial featurecorresponds to a position in which the bottom lip of the user isextended (e.g., the user's bottom lip is sticking out in a poutingpose), and the first avatar feature is a bottom lip of the avatar. Insome embodiments, a movement of the avatar's bottom lip is dampened, incomparison to movement of a bottom lip of a face detected in the fieldof view of one or more cameras (e.g. 602) of the device, so as to avoidthe bottom lip fully colliding with or impinging on the extended avatartongue.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second facial feature is anupper lip and bottom lip of the user, the first position of the secondfacial feature corresponds to a position in which the upper lip andbottom lip of the user are puckered, and the first avatar feature is anupper lip and bottom lip of the avatar. In some embodiments, a movementof the avatar's upper lip and bottom lip is dampened, in comparison tomovement of a upper lip and bottom lip of a face detected in the fieldof view of one or more cameras (e.g. 602) of the device, so as to avoidthe lips colliding with or impinging on the extended avatar tongue.

In accordance with some embodiments, the second facial feature is amouth (e.g., 1325-1) of the user, the first position of the secondfacial feature corresponds to a position in which the mouth of the useris closing (e.g., an intermediate position of the mouth moving from anopen position to a closed position with the user's lips puckered), andthe first avatar feature is an avatar mouth. In some embodiments, amovement of the avatar's mouth is dampened, in comparison to movement ofa mouth of a face detected in the field of view of one or more cameras(e.g. 602) of the device, so as to avoid the mouth closing and therebycolliding with or impinging on the extended avatar tongue.

In accordance with some embodiments, displaying the avatar tongue (e.g.,1322-3) includes one or more of the following steps. Detecting aposition of a third facial feature (e.g., 1325-1) (e.g., a user'smouth). In accordance with a determination that the third facial featurehas a first position (e.g., a substantially closed position), theelectronic device (e.g. 600) displays the avatar tongue having a firstshape (e.g., shown in FIGS. 13M and 13N) (e.g., a cone shape or“strawberry” shape). In accordance with a determination that the firstfacial feature has a second position different from the first position(e.g., a substantially opened position), the electronic device displaysthe avatar tongue having a second shape different from the first shape(e.g., a flat shape as shown in FIG. 13E). In some embodiments, theavatar tongue extends further out from the mouth when the avatar tonguehas the second shape than when the avatar tongue has the first shape.The display of the avatar tongue provides feedback to the userindicating different tongue shapes depending on whether the mouth of theavatar is open or closed. Providing improved visual feedback to the userenhances the operability of the device and makes the user-deviceinterface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide properinputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with thedevice) which, additionally, reduces power usage and improves batterylife of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quicklyand efficiently.

Note that details of the processes described above with respect tomethod 1400 (e.g., FIG. 14) are also applicable in an analogous mannerto the methods described above. For example, method 700 optionallyincludes one or more of the characteristics of the various methodsdescribed above with reference to method 1400. The method 700 forediting an avatar can be incorporated in the method for navigating anavatar user interface. For example, in some embodiments, the navigationuser interface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the method 900described above with respect to FIG. 9. As additional examples, methods1000, 1100, and 1200 optionally include one or more of thecharacteristics of the various methods described above with reference tomethod 1400. For example, in some embodiments, the navigation userinterface invokes a process for creating or editing a customizableavatar, which may be achieved in accordance with the methods describedbelow with respect to FIGS. 10-12. For brevity, these details are notrepeated.

The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has beendescribed with reference to specific embodiments. However, theillustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or tolimit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modificationsand variations are possible in view of the above teachings. Theembodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain theprinciples of the techniques and their practical applications. Othersskilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniquesand various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to theparticular use contemplated.

Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described withreference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that variouschanges and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in theart. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as beingincluded within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined bythe claims.

As described above, one aspect of the present technology is thegathering and use of data available from various sources for sharingwith other users. The present disclosure contemplates that in someinstances, this gathered data may include personal information data thatuniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specificperson. Such personal information data can include demographic data,location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, twitter IDs,home addresses, data or records relating to a user's health or level offitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information,exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying orpersonal information.

The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personalinformation data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefitof users. For example, the personal information data can be used tobetter represent a user in a conversation. Further, other uses forpersonal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated bythe present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may beused to provide insights into a user's general wellness, or may be usedas positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellnessgoals.

The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible forthe collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use ofsuch personal information data will comply with well-established privacypolicies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities shouldimplement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that aregenerally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmentalrequirements for maintaining personal information data private andsecure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and shouldbe updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personalinformation from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonableuses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimateuses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving theinformed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities shouldconsider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access tosuch personal information data and ensuring that others with access tothe personal information data adhere to their privacy policies andprocedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluationby third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacypolicies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should beadapted for the particular types of personal information data beingcollected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards,including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US,collection of or access to certain health data may be governed byfederal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability andAccountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries maybe subject to other regulations and policies and should be handledaccordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained fordifferent personal data types in each country.

Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplatesembodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to,personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplatesthat hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent orblock access to such personal information data. For example, in the caseof sending an avatar, the present technology can be configured to allowusers to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in thecollection of personal information data during registration for servicesor anytime thereafter. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out”options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notificationsrelating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, auser may be notified upon downloading an app that their personalinformation data will be accessed and then reminded again just beforepersonal information data is accessed by the app.

Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personalinformation data should be managed and handled in a way to minimizerisks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can beminimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once itis no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including incertain health related applications, data de-identification can be usedto protect a user's privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, whenappropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth,etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g.,collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level),controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users),and/or other methods.

Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use ofpersonal information data to implement one or more various disclosedembodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the variousembodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing suchpersonal information data. That is, the various embodiments of thepresent technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all ora portion of such personal information data.

What is claimed is:
 1. An electronic device comprising: a displayapparatus; one or more input devices; one or more processors; and memorystoring one or more programs configured to be executed by the one ormore processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:displaying, via the display apparatus, an avatar navigation userinterface, the avatar navigation user interface including an avatar;while the avatar navigation user interface is displayed, detecting agesture, via the one or more input devices directed to the avatarnavigation user interface; and in response to detecting the gesture: inaccordance with a determination that the gesture is in a firstdirection, displaying an avatar of a first type in the avatar navigationuser interface; and in accordance with a determination that the gestureis in a second direction opposite the first direction, displaying anavatar of a second type different from the first type in the avatarnavigation user interface.
 2. The electronic device of claim 1, the oneor more programs further including instructions for: further inaccordance with the determination that the gesture is in the firstdirection, forgoing displaying the avatar of the second type in theavatar navigation user interface; and further in accordance with thedetermination that the gesture is in the second direction opposite thefirst direction, forgoing displaying the avatar of the first type in theavatar navigation user interface.
 3. The electronic device of claim 1,the one or more programs further including instructions for: afterdisplaying the avatar of the first type, detecting a second gesture inthe first direction; and in response to detecting the second gesture,displaying a second avatar of the first type.
 4. The electronic deviceof claim 1, the one or more programs further including instructions for:after displaying the avatar of the second type, detecting a thirdgesture in the second direction; and in response to detecting the thirdgesture, displaying a second avatar of the second type.
 5. Theelectronic device of claim 1, wherein the avatar of the first type hasan appearance of a human character.
 6. The electronic device of claim 1,wherein the avatar of the second type has an appearance of a non-humancharacter.
 7. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the avatar ofthe first type includes a plurality of avatar features that areconfigurable by a user.
 8. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein theavatar of the second type does not include user configurable avatarfeatures.
 9. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the avatarnavigation user interface includes a subregion having a plurality ofavatars, the plurality of avatars including a first set of avatars ofthe first type and a second set of avatars of the second type, whereinthe first set of avatars of the first type are separated from the secondset of avatars of the second type.
 10. The electronic device of claim 9,wherein the avatar is a selected one of the plurality of avatarsdisplayed at a location between one or more of the first set of avatarsof the first type and one or more of the second set of avatars of thesecond type.
 11. The electronic device of claim 10, wherein the firstset of avatars of the first type includes the selected one of theplurality of avatars, the one or more programs further includinginstructions for: in accordance with a determination that the gesture isin the first direction, replacing the selected one of the plurality ofavatars with a different avatar of the first type; and in accordancewith a determination that the gesture is in the second direction,replacing the selected one of the plurality of avatars with an avatar ofthe second type.
 12. The electronic device of claim 10, wherein thesecond set of avatars of the second type includes the selected one ofthe plurality of avatars, the one or more programs further includinginstructions for: in accordance with a determination that the gesture isin the first direction, replacing the selected one of the plurality ofavatars with an avatar of the first type; and in accordance with adetermination that the gesture is in the second direction, replacing theselected one of the plurality of avatars with a different avatar of thesecond type.
 13. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein the avatarnavigation user interface includes a first affordance, the one or moreprograms further including instructions for: while the avatar navigationuser interface is displayed, detecting, via the one or more inputdevices, a gesture directed to the first affordance; and in response todetecting the gesture directed to the first affordance, displaying anavatar library user interface, the avatar library user interfaceincluding a second affordance and one or more avatars of the first type.14. The electronic device of claim 13, the one or more programs furtherincluding instructions for: while the avatar library user interface isdisplayed, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a gesturedirected to the second affordance; and in response to detecting thegesture directed to the second affordance, displaying an avatar editinguser interface, wherein the avatar editing user interface is a userinterface for generating a new avatar of the first type.
 15. Theelectronic device of claim 14, the one or more programs furtherincluding instructions for: generating the new avatar of the first type;and displaying the new avatar in the avatar library user interface,wherein the new avatar is displayed at a position following a last oneof the one or more avatars of the first type.
 16. The electronic deviceof claim 1, wherein the avatar navigation user interface furtherincludes an affordance associated with a function for removing theavatar from the displayed avatar navigation user interface, the one ormore programs further including instructions for: detecting, via the oneor more input devices, a gesture directed to the affordance associatedwith the function; and in response to detecting the gesture directed tothe affordance associated with the function, removing the avatar fromthe displayed avatar navigation user interface.
 17. The electronicdevice of claim 1, wherein the avatar navigation user interface isdisplayed in a messaging user interface.
 18. The electronic device ofclaim 1, the one or more programs further including instructions for: inaccordance with a determination that the avatar navigation userinterface does not include an avatar of the first type, displaying anavatar initiation user interface having an affordance associated withgenerating a new avatar of the first type; while the avatar initiationuser interface is displayed, detecting a gesture directed to theaffordance associated with generating a new avatar of the first type;and in response to detecting the gesture directed to the affordanceassociated with generating a new avatar of the first type, displaying anavatar editing user interface, wherein the avatar editing user interfaceis a user interface for generating a new avatar of the first type. 19.The electronic device of claim 1, the one or more programs furtherincluding instructions for: in accordance with a determination that theavatar navigation user interface includes an avatar of the first type,displaying the avatar of the first type and an affordance associatedwith managing one or more features of the displayed avatar of the firsttype.
 20. The electronic device of claim 1, wherein: displaying theavatar of the first type includes displaying the avatar of the firsttype transitioning from a non-interactive state to an interactive state;and displaying the avatar of the second type includes displaying theavatar of the second type transitioning from a non-interactive state toan interactive state.
 21. The electronic device of claim 1, the one ormore programs further including instructions for: displaying, via thedisplay apparatus, an avatar library user interface including one ormore saved avatars of the first type; detecting selection of one of thesaved avatars of the first type; and in response to detecting selectionof the one of the saved avatars of the first type, displaying a menuhaving one or more menu affordances associated with one of an editfunction, a duplicate function, and a delete function for the one of thesaved avatars of the first type.
 22. The electronic device of claim 21,the one or more programs further including instructions for: detectingselection of a first affordance associated with the duplicate function;and in response to detecting selection of the first affordance,generating a duplicate version of the one of the saved avatars anddisplaying the duplicate version in an avatar editing user interface.23. The electronic device of claim 21, the one or more programs furtherincluding instructions for: detecting selection of a second affordanceassociated with the edit function; and in response to detecting thegesture directed to the second affordance, displaying an avatar editinguser interface including the one of the saved avatars.
 24. Theelectronic device of claim 21, the one or more programs furtherincluding instructions for: detecting selection of a third affordanceassociated with the delete function; and in response to detectingselection of the third affordance, removing the displayed one of thesaved avatars from the avatar library user interface.
 25. The electronicdevice of claim 1, wherein displaying a respective avatar of the firstor second type includes: displaying, via the display apparatus, therespective avatar moving in a direction across the avatar navigationuser interface in accordance with a magnitude and direction of thedetected gesture, including: in accordance with a determination that therespective avatar reaches a first position, displaying an animation ofthe respective avatar transitioning from a non-interactive state havinga predetermined appearance to an interactive state having an appearancedetermined based on a detected face.
 26. The electronic device of claim25, wherein displaying, via the display apparatus, the respective avatarmoving in a direction across the avatar navigation user interface inaccordance with a magnitude and direction of the detected gestureincludes: in accordance with a determination that the respective avatarreaches a second position, displaying an animation of the respectiveavatar transitioning from the interactive state having the appearancedetermined based on the detected face to the non-interactive statehaving the predetermined appearance.
 27. A non-transitorycomputer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configuredto be executed by one or more processors of an electronic device with adisplay apparatus and one or more input devices, the one or moreprograms including instructions for: displaying, via the displayapparatus, an avatar navigation user interface, the avatar navigationuser interface including an avatar; while the avatar navigation userinterface is displayed, detecting a gesture, via the one or more inputdevices directed to the avatar navigation user interface; and inresponse to detecting the gesture: in accordance with a determinationthat the gesture is in a first direction, displaying an avatar of afirst type in the avatar navigation user interface; and in accordancewith a determination that the gesture is in a second direction oppositethe first direction, displaying an avatar of a second type differentfrom the first type in the avatar navigation user interface.
 28. Amethod, comprising: at an electronic device having a display apparatusand one or more input devices: displaying, via the display apparatus, anavatar navigation user interface, the avatar navigation user interfaceincluding an avatar; while the avatar navigation user interface isdisplayed, detecting a gesture, via the one or more input devicesdirected to the avatar navigation user interface; and in response todetecting the gesture: in accordance with a determination that thegesture is in a first direction, displaying an avatar of a first type inthe avatar navigation user interface; and in accordance with adetermination that the gesture is in a second direction opposite thefirst direction, displaying an avatar of a second type different fromthe first type in the avatar navigation user interface.